Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Chapter 2 Solutions
Problem 2.1
E
If vavg is the average velocity of a point P over a given time interval, is vavg , the magnitude of the average jE j
velocity, equal to the average speed of P over the time interval in question?
Solution
jE j
In general, vavg is not equal to v avg. To see this, consider a car that drives along a loop of length L over a
time interval t such that the departure and arrival points coincide. Since the departure and arrival positions
E jE j
coincide, vavg is equal to zero. This, implies that vavg is also equal to zero. By contrast, the average speed
will be different from zero becaus e it is equal to the ratio L=t .
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.2
A car is seen parked in a given parking space at 8:00 A . M . on a Monday morning and is then seen parked
in the same spot the next morning at the same time. What is the displacement of the car between the two
observations? What is the distance traveled by the car during the two observations?
Solution
The displacement is equal to zero because the difference in position over the time interval considered is equal
to zero. As far as the distance traveled is concerned, we cannot determine it from the information given. To
determine the distance traveled we would need to know the position of the car at every time instant during the
time interval considered instead of just at the beginning and end of the time interval in question.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.3
E
Is it possible for the vector v shown to represent the velocity of the point P ?
Solution
E
No, because the vector v shown is not tangent to the path at point P , which it must.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.4
E
Is it possible for the vector a shown to be the accelerati on of the point P ?
Solution
E
No, because a does not point toward the concave side of the trajectory of P , which it must.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.5
Two points P and Q happen to go by the same location in space (though at different times).
(a) What must the paths of P and Q have in common if, at the location in question, P and Q have
identical speeds?
(b) What must the paths of P and Q have in common if, at the location in question, P and Q have
identical velocities?
Solution
Part (a) In the first case, what we can expect the paths to shar e is that point in space which, at dif ferent
instants, is occupied by P and Q .
Part (b) In the second case, the pat hs in question wil l not only share a point, lik e in the previous case, but
will also have the same tangent line at that point, since the velocity vector is always tangent to the path.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.6
The position of a car traveling between two stop signs along a straight city block is given by r D
Œ9t .45=2/ sin.2t=5/ ç m, where t denotes time (in seconds) , and where the argument of the sine function
is measured in radians. Compute the displacemen t of the car between 2:1 and 3:7 s, as well as between
11:1 and 12:7 s. For each of these time intervals compute the average velocity.
STOP STOP
Solution
We denote the quantities computed between 2:1 and 3:7 s by subscript 1, and between 11:1 and 12:7 s by
subscript 2 .
Using the definition of displacement, we have
r1 E D Œr.3:7 s/ r.2:1 s/ç ur O and r2 E D Œr.12:7 s/ r.11:1 s/ç ur : O (1)
E
.vavg/1 D r.3:73:7ss/
r.2:1 s/
2:1 s
ur O and E
.vavg/2 D r.12:7 s/
12:7 s
r.11:1 s/
11:1 s
ur : O (2)
Using the expression for r.t/ in the problem statement, the expressions in Eqs. (1) and (2) can be evaluated
to obtain
r1 E D 8:747 uO r m and r2 E D 13:73 uO r m;
and
E
.vavg/1 D 5:467 uO r m=s and E
.vavg/2 D 8:579 uO r m=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.7
A city bus covers a 15 km route in 45 min. If the initial departure and final arrival points coincide, determine
the average velocity and the average speed of the bus over the entire duration of the ride. Express the
answers in m =s.
Solution
Since the departure and arrival points coincide, the displacement vector over the duration of the ride is equal
to zero. This implies that the average velo city of the bus over the duration of the ride is equal to zero:
E D 0E:
vavg
Letting d denote the total distance traveled by the bus and letting t denote the time to travel the distance d ,
the average speed over the duration of the ride is
Since d D 15 km D 15 103 m and t D 45 min D 2700 s, we can evaluate the above expression to obtain
v D 5:556 m=s:
avg
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.11
The position of a car as a function of time t , with t > 0 and expressed in seconds, is
E D Œ.5:98t 2 C 0:139t 3
r.t/ 0:0149t 4 / {
O C .0:523t 2 C 0:0122t 3 0:00131t 4 / | ç ft:
O
Determine the velocity, speed, and acceleration of the car for t D 15 s.
Solution
The velocity is obtained by taking the derivative of the position with respect to time. This gives
E D Œ.11:96t C 0:4170t 2
v 0:05960t 3 / { O C .1:046t C 0:03660t 2 0:005240t 3 / | ç ft=s:
O (1)
The speed is the magnitude of the velocity . Using Eq. (1), we have
v D
q .11:96t C 0:4170t 2 0:05960t 3 /2 C .1:046t C 0:03660t 2 0:005240t 3 /2 ft=s; (2)
v Dt
p 144:1 C 10:05t 1:261t 2 0:05009t 3 C 0:003580t 4 ft=s: (3)
The acceleration is computed by taking the derivative of the velocity with respect to time. Using Eq. (1), we
have
a Œ.11:96 0:8340t 0:1788t 2 / { .1:046 0:07320t 0:01572t 2 / | ç ft=s2 :
ED C OC C(4) O
Evaluating Eqs. (1), (3), and (4) for t D 15 s, we have
2
E
v.15 s/ D .72:08 {O C 6:240 |O/ ft=s; v.15 s/ D 72:34 ft=s; aE.15 s/ D .15:76 { O C 1:393 |O/ ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.12
The position of a car as a function of time t , with t > 0 and expressed in seconds, is
Find the difference between the average velocity over the time interval0 t 2 s and the true velocity
computed at the midpoint of the interval, i.e., at t D
1 s. Repeat the calcula tion for the time interval
8 s t 10 s. Explain why the difference between the average velocity and the true velocity over the
time interval 0 t 2 s is not equal to that over 8 s t 10 s.
Solution
The velocity is obtained by taking the derivative of the position with respect to time. This gives
The average velocity over the time interval 0 t 2 s, which we will denote by .vE /1 , is
avg
The average velocity over the time interval 8 s t 10 s, which we will denote by .vE /2 , is
avg
rE.10 s/ rE.8 s/
.vE /2 D avg D .12:26 {O C 2:163 |O/ m=s: (5)
2s
Letting v2 E D .vE avg/2 E
v.9 s/, using the results in Eqs. (4) and (5), we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.13
The position of a car as a function of time t , with t > 0 and expressed in seconds, is
E D Œ.66t
r.t/ 120/ { O C .1:2 C 31:7t 8:71t 2 / | ç ft:
O
If the speed limit is 55 mph, determine the time at which the car will exceed this limit.
Solution
In order to solve the problem we need to determine the speed of the car. So, we first determine the velocity of
the car and then we compute its magnitude.
The velocity is found by taking the time deriv ative of the position. This yields,
E D Œ66 {O C .31:7
v O
17:42t/ | ç ft=s: (1)
The speed is the magnitude of the velocity . Using Eq. (1), we have
v D
q 662 C .31:7 17:42t/ 2 ft=s; (2)
Setting the speed in Eq. (3) equal to the speed limit p 55 mph D 80:67 ft=s, and solving for t we have
p 5361 1104t C 303:5t 2 ft=s D 80:67 ft=s ) 5361 1104t C 303:5t 2 D .80:67 ft=s/2:
(4)
The second of Eqs. (4) is a second order algeb raic equation in t with the following two roots:
Since t > 0 we can only accept the second of the two roots in Eq. (5). Therefore, we conclude that the car
will exceed the given speed limit at
t D 4:482 s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.14
The position of a car as a function of time t , with t > 0 and expressed in seconds, is
Determine the slope of the trajectory of the car for t 1 D 1 s and t 2 D 3 s. In addition, find the angle
between velocity and acceleration for t 1 D 1 s and t 2 D 3 s. Based on the values of at t 1 and t 2 , argue
whether the speed of the car is increasing or decreasin g at t 1 and t 2 .
Solution
Since the velocity is always tangent to the path, the angle can be computed by finding the velocity and
then determining the orientation of the velocity relative to the horizontal direction. The velocity is the time
derivative of the position. Differentiating the given expression for the position with respect to time, we have
E D Œ66 {O C .31:7
v 17:42t/ | ç ft=s:O (1)
Substituting Eqs. (3) into Eq. (2) and evaluating the corresponding expression for t D t1 D 1 s and
D D
t t 2 3 s, we have
1 D 12:21 ı and 2 D 17:30
ı
; (4)
where we have used Eqs. (1) and (5). Denoting by 1 and 2 the values of at times t 1 and t 2 , respectively,
Eq. (6) gives
1 D 102:2 ı and 2 D 72:70 ı: (7)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.15
Let r Œt { .2 3t 2t 2 / | ç m describe the motion of the point P relative to the Cartesian frame
ED OC C C O
of reference shown. Determine an analytic expression of the type y y.x/ for the trajectory of P for D
0 t 5 s.
Solution
t D x: (3)
Now we observe that the coordinate x is an increasing funct ion of time. Therefore, the range of x covered for
0t 5 s is determined by computing the value of x corresponding to t 0 and t 5 s. Using the first of D D
Eqs. (2), we have
x.0/ 0 and x.5 s/ 5 m: D D
(5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.16
E E
is the angle formed by p and q , and recalling that the velocity vector is always tangent to the trajectory,
determine the function .x/ describing the angle between the acceleration vector and the tangent to the
path of P .
Solution
The acceleration vector is the time derivative of the velocity vector. Therefore, differentiating both sides of
Eq. (1) with respect to time, we have
a 4 | ft =s2 : ED O (2)
As stated in the problem, is the angle between the acceleration vector and the tangent to the path of P .
Since v is always tangent to the path, can be computed as the angle formed by the vectors a and v , which is
E E E
vE aE
D cos1 vE aE
ˇˇ ˇ : (3)
EE E ˇ ˇ ˇ Eˇ
Substituting the expressions for v , a, v , and a into Eq. (3), we have
C 4t
D cos1 p10 C3 24t
: (5)
C 16t 2
Since we have that r x D x D t ft, we can replace t with x in the last of Eqs. (5) to obtain:
.x/ D cos1 p10 C324x
C 4xC 16x 2 :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.17
The motion of a point P with respect to a Cartesian coordinate system is described by r E D 2pt {O C
4 ln.t 1/ 2t 2 | ft, where t denotes time, t > 0, and is expressed in seconds.
C C O
Determine the angle formed by the tangent to the path and the horizontal direct ion at t D 3 s.
Solution
Since the velocity is always tangent to the path, we can find the angle by determining the angle formed by
the velocity vector and the horizontal direction. The velocity is the time derivative of the position. Hence,
differentiating the position with respect to time, we have
E D p1t {O C 4 t C1 1 C t |O
v ft=s: (1)
Since both components of the velocity are positive, at t 3 s, the angle can be computed as follows
vD.3 / s
D tan1 y
vx .3 s/
; (3)
D 87:46ı:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.18
Solution
E D t2 1 t1
aavg
Z t2
E
adt: (1)
t1
Recalling that a E D d vE=dt , we can write aE dt D d vE. Substituting this expressio n into Eq. (1), gives
aE D
E2 vE1 ;
v
avg
(2)
t2 t1
Evaluating the expression in Eq. (3) at t D t1 D 4 s and t D t2 D 6 s, and using the results to evaluate
Eq. (2), we have
2
E D.
aavg 0:04588 { O C 3:886 |O/ ft=s : (4)
We now determine the (true) acceleration as the time derivative of the velocity. Using Eq. (3), this gives
1 1
ED
a O C4
{ 1 | ft=s2 :
O (5)
2t 3=2 .t C 1/2
At t D 5 s, Eq. (5) gives 2
E
a.5 s/ D. 0:04472 { O C 3:889 |O/ ft=s : (6)
Subtracting Eq. (6) from Eq. (4) side by side, we have
E
aavg a.5 s/ E D. 0:001154 { O 0:003175 | / ft=s2 :
O
The above results allow s one to measure the error made in approximating the true acceleration at t D s s with
E
aavg.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.20
As part of a mechanism, a peg P is made to slide within a rectilinear guide with the follow ing prescribed
motion:
E D
r.t/
O
x 0 sin.2 !t / 3 sin. !t/ {;
where t denotes time in seconds, x 0 D 1:2 in:, and ! D 0:5 rad=s. Determine the displacement and the
distance traveled over the time interval 0 t 4 s. In addition, determi ne the corresponding average
velocity and average speed. Express displacement and distance traveled in ft , and express velocity and
speed in ft =s. You may find useful the following trigonometric identity: cos .2ˇ/ 2 cos2 ˇ 1. D
Solution
E
The function that describes r.t/ is the sum of two periodic funct ions. The period of the function sin .2 !t /
is half the period of the function sin . !t /. Hence, the overall period p of r.t/ coincides with the period of E
sin. !t/. We determine p as follows:
!p D 2 ) p D 2=! D 4 s; (1)
r E D 0E;
where r E D rE.tf / rE.ti /. This implies that the correspondin g average velocity is also equal to zero:
vE D 0E: avg
To determine the distance traveled, we begin by observing that the peg starts its motion at the srcin, i.e.,
E D 0E. Next we determine the veloci ty of the peg as the time deriva tive of the position:
r.0/
vE D !x 0 2 cos.2 !t/ 3 cos. !t/ {O: (2)
Using the expression in Eq. (2), at time t D 0 , we have vE.0/ D !x 0 {O. This result implies that, at t D 0 ,
the peg is moving to the left. In order to come back to its initial position, the peg must revers e the direction of
motion. This observation is important in that it leads us to a strategy to determine the distance traveled. Let
the total time interval starting at t i and ending at tf be subdivided as follows:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
To determine the times at which the peg changes the direction of motion, we need to determine the times at
which the x component of velocity changes sign, which correspond s to the times at which the velocity equals
zero. Referring to Eq. (2), this requires that we solve the equation
Using the trigonometric identity provided in the problem statement, Eq. (6) can be rewritten as
The first root is not acceptable because the cosine function cannot take on values larger than one. Hence, the
times at which the x component of the velocity is equal to zero are given by the following sequence of time
values: p41 !
t D 1! cos1 3
D 0 ;1;2;:: : 8
˙ 2 n;
(9) n
Since the time values we are interested in must be between t i D 0 and tf D 4 s, then the only acceptable
solutions are
t1 D 1:280 s and t2 D 2:720 s: (10)
Now that the times at which the peg changes direction of motion are known, referring to Eq. (4), we can then
apply the formula giving the distance traveled:
x.0/ D0; x.t 1 / D 0:3485 ft; x.t 2 / D 0:3485 ft; x.4 s/ D 0: (12)
Using the (full precision value s of the) results in Eq. (12), we can evalua te Eq. (11) to obtain
Now that the distance traveled is known, the corresponding average speed is obtained by dividing the distance
traveled by the length of the time interval considered:
Using the (full precision value of the) result for d in Eq. (13) we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.21
Solution
where
x.t/ D Œ2:0.0:5 C sin !t/ç m and y.t/ D .9:5 C 10:5 sin !t C 4:0 sin2 !t / m: (2)
sin !t D x 2 1:
(3)
We now need to determine the range of x covered by the motion of P . To do so, referring to the first of
Eqs. (2), we observe that the minimum and maximum values of x are achieved when the function sin !t
achieves its minimum and maximum values, respectively, which are the values 1 and 1, respectively. C
C
Substituting the values 1 and 1 for sin !t in the first of Eqs. (2), we have, respectively,
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.22
(c) You will notice that the trajectory found in (b) does not agree with
any of those found in (a). Explain this discrepa ncy by analytically
determining the minimum and maximum values of x reached by
P . As you look at this sequence of plots, why does the trajectory
change between some times and not others?
Solution
x.t/ D f2:0Œ0:5 C sin.1:3t/ çg m and y.t/ D Œ9:5 C 10:5 sin.1:3t/ C 4:0 sin2 .1:3t/ ç m: (1)
One strategy to plot the trajectory of point P is to plot the line that connects the points of coordinates
Œx.t/;y.t/ ç as time t varies within a given time interval. This way of plotting the trajectory does not involve
finding y as a function of x . Rather, it consists of generating a list of .x ; y/ values, each of which is computed
by first assigning a specific value of time. This procedure is called a parametric plot, where the parameter
used to generate the plotted poin ts is time and does not appear directly on the plot (i.e., the plot uses x and y
axes, but it does not show the time values corresponding to the points on the plot). Parametric plots can be
generated using any appropriate numerical software such as MATLAB or Mathematica.
The parametric plots of the trajectory of P shown below were generated in Mathematica with the
following code:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Part (b). In this part of th e problem we first need to write the tra jectory in the form y D y.x/ . To do so,
we start with solving the first of Eq. (1) for sin .1:3t/ as a function of x . This gives
sin.1:3t/ D x 2:000
1:000 m
m
; (2)
which can then be substituted into the second of Eqs. (1) to obtain
x 2
1:000
x 1:000
y.x/ D 9:500 C 10:50 2:000
C 4:000 2:000
m
Now that we have the trajectory in the form y.x/ , we can plot it over the
given interval 10 m x 10 m as shown on the right. This plot was generated
using Mathematica with the following code:
Part (c). Referring to Eq. (1), for x max; sin 1:3t D C1 ) t D 2.1:3/ s and for x min ; sin 1:3t D 1)t D
3
2.1:3/
s: Thus, the minimum and maximum values are, respectively,
The minimum and maximum values of the x coordinate occur due to the presence of a periodic functio n in the
equation for this component. Therefore, the trajectory, which is valid for all times t , is constrained to oscillate
between 1:000 m and 3:000 m on the x axis. This fact explains why in the plot sequence in Part (a) the
trajectory seems not to change after a while: point P keeps tracing the same curve segmen t again and again.
The periodicity of the motion of P also explains the discrepancy between the trajectory obtained in Part (a)
and that obtained in Part (b). In fact, since the plot generated in Part (a) was based on a direct application of
Eqs.
point(1), we contrast,
P . By see that the
the plot in question
trajectory correctly
computed reflects
in Part (b) nothe periodic
longer time
carries anydependence the coordinates
direct relationship of
with time.
The trajectory plotted in Part (b) does contain the trajectory plotted in Part (a) as a sub-curve. The problem
with the trajectory in Part (b) is that we have no direct way of knowing what part of the entire curve actuall y
pertains to the motion of point P .
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.23
Solution
The velocity of P is the time derivative of P ’s position, which, in the coordinate system shown, is
q s v t
0 p
v D vx2 .t / C vy2 .t/ D v 0 2 C 2 cos ) v D .29:33 ft=s/ 2 C 2 cosŒ.25:51 rad=s/t ç:
R
(3)
The acceleration of P is the time derivative of P ’s velocity. From Eq. (2), we have
v02 v0 t v02 v0 t
ED
a
R
sin
R
O
{
R
cos
R
O
|: (4)
5280
Since v 0 D 20 mph D 20 3600 ft =s and R D 1:15 ft, we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.24
Solution
The speed of P is the magnitude of the velocity of P . Hence, we first compute the veloc ity of P , which is
the time derivative of P ’s position. In the coordinate system shown , the position of P is
E D v0t C R sin.v0t=R/ {O C R1 C cos.v0t=R/ |O:
r (1)
Differentiating the above expression with respect to time, we have
v t
0
v t 0
vE D v 0 1 C cos R
O
{ v0 sin
R
O
|: (2)
5280
where we have used the fact that v 0 D 20 mph D 20 3600 ft =s.
Since v D v when cos.v0 t=R/ D 1 and v D v
min when cos .v0 t=R/ D 1 , using the expression for
max
the y component of the position of P in Eq. (1), we have
Now, recall that for v D v we have cos .v0 t=R/ D 1 and for v D v
min we have cos .v0 t=R/ D 1. In
max
both cases, we have sin .v t=R/ D 0 . Using these consider ations along with Eq. (5), we have
0
v2 v02
aEv D 0 |O D .748:2 ft=s / |O and aEv D
min
2
|O D . 748:2 ft=s / |O ; max
2
R R
where we have used the following numerical data: v 0 D 20 mph D 20.5280=3600/ ft=s and R D 1:15 ft.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.25
Solution
The velocity of P is the time derivative of P ’s position, which, in the coordinate system shown, is
The speed is now found by taking the magnitude of the velocity vector. Hence, we have
2 2
v0 t
v D q vx .t / C vy .t/ D v 0 2 C 2 cos R :
s (3)
The acceleration of P is the time derivative of P ’s velocity. Hence, from Eq. (2), we have
v02 v0 t v02 v0 t
ED
a
R
sin
R
O
{
R
cos
R
O
|: (4)
Trajectory of P . We can plot the trajectory of P for 0 t 1 s by plotting the line connecting the x
and y coordinates of P computed as functions of the parameter t . The x and y coordinates of P are the
E
component of r (in Eq. (1)) in the x and y direction, respectively. This can be done with a variety of pieces
of numerical software. Since v 0 D D
20 mph 29:33 ft=s and R 1:15 ft, the plot presented below has been D
obtained using Mathematica with the following code
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Speed of P . The speed of P can be plotted for 0 t 1 s using Eq. (3), with v 0 20 mph 29:33 ft=s D D
and R D
1:15 ft. The plot shown below was generate d using Mathematica with the following code:
Velocity Components The components of the velocity of P can be plotted for 0 t 1 s using the
expressions in Eq. (2) with v0 D D
20 mph 29:33 ft=s and R 1:15 ft. The plot shown below was generated D
using Mathematica with the following code:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Acceleration Components The components of the acceleration of P can be plotted for 0 t 1 s using
the expressions in Eq. (4) with v 0 20 mph D
29:33 ft=s and R D
1:15 ft. The plot shown below was D
generated using Mathematica with the following code:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.26
Find the x and y components of the acceleration in Example 2.3 (except for the plots) by simply differenti -
ating Eqs. (4) and (5) with respect to time. Verify that you get the results given in Example 2.3.
Solution
Referring to Eqs. (4) and (5) of Example 2.3 on p. 38 of the textbook, we recall that the x and y components
of the velocity are, respectively,
v0 y 2v0 a
x
P D y 2 C 4a 2 and yP D y 2 C 4a 2 :
p p (1)
To determine xR , we differentiate xP with respect to time with the help of the chain rule:
d xP
xR D
dt
D ddyxP dy
dt
D yP ddyxP : (2)
Differentiating the first of Eqs. (1) with respect to y and substituting the result along with the second of
Eqs. (1) into Eq. (2) we then have
2 8v02 a3
RD
x y vC y4ayP
2
0
2 3=2
C p P
v0 y
y 2 C 4a 2
) x RD
y2 C 4a 22
: (3)
R P
To determine y we differentiate y with respect to time with the help of the chain rule. This gives
y
dyP P
d y dy
y
dy P: (4)
R D dt D dy dt D P dy
Substituting the second of Eqs. (1) into Eq. (4) and simplifying, we have
2 a2 y
4v0
y RD :
y2 C 4a 22
Our results match those in Example 2.3.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.27
Find the x and y components of the acceleration in Example 2.3 (except for the plots) by differentiating
the first of Eqs. (3) and the last of Eqs. (1) with respect to time and then solving the result ing two equations
R R
for x and y . Verify that you get the results given in Example 2.3.
Solution
We recall that the first of Eqs. (3) and the last of Eqs. (1) in Example 2.3 on p. 38 are, respecti vely,
We now view Eqs. (1) as a system of two equations in the two unknowns P P
x and y . Solving the system in
question gives
yv0 2av0
xPD p y2 C 4a 2 and yPD p y2 C 4a 2 ; (3)
where, similarly to what was done in Example 2.3 on p. 38 of the textbook, we have enforced the condition
P
that y > 0. Next, we view Eqs. (2) as a system of two equations in the two unknowns x and y whose solution R R
is
3 2
R D y xP CyP 2a yP
x and yR D y xP CxP yP2a yP :
(4)
8v02 a3 2 a2 y
4v0
xRD 2
and yRD :
4a 2 C y2
4a 2 C y 22
Our results match those in Example 2.3.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.28
Airplane A is performing a loop with constant radius D 1000 ft. The equation describing the loop is as
follows:
.x xC /2 C .y y C /2 D 2 ;
where x C D
0 and y C D
1500 ft are the coordinates of the center of the loop. If the plane were capable of
maintaining its speed constant and equal to v 0 D
160 mph, determine the velocity and acceleration of the
plane for 30 ı .
D
Solution
rE D x {O C y |O : (1)
For D 30ı, the plane is in the lower right quadrant of the loop and the expression for the path of the airplane
can be written as
y D yC 2 x 2 ;
q (2)
x D sin : (3)
Equations (1) and (2) combined indicate that we can regard position as being a known function ofx . With
this in mind, we can write an expression for the velocity of the airplane by differentia ting Eq. (1) with respect
to time with the help of the chain rule. This gives
v
dy
E D xP {O C dx xP |O ) vE D xP {O C p xx P O
|: (4)
2 x 2
P
The quantity x in the last of Eqs. (4) is unknown, but it can be found by enforcing the condition that the
magnitude of the velocity is equal to v 0 . Doing so gives
x 2x 2
P v0
v2 x2 v 02 x 2 x 2 ; (5)
DP C 2 x2D ) PD q
where we have accounted for the fact that, at D 30 ı , xP > 0. Substituting the last of Eqs. (5) into the last of
Eqs. (4), we have q
E D v0
v 2 x 2 { O C v 0x |O: (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
5280
Since v 0 D 160 mph D 160 3600 ft =s, D 1000 ft, and using Eq.(3), we can evaluate Eq. (6) to obtain
To determine the acceleration we differentiate the expression for the velocity in Eq. (6) with respect to time,
which gives
aED pv0 x x P {O C v0 xP |O : (7)
2 x 2
Substituting the last of Eqs. (5) into Eq. (7) and simplifying, we have
v02 x
O C v022
aED {
q 2 x 2 | : O (8)
2
5280
Recalling that v 0 D 160 mph D 160 3600 ft =s, and using Eq.(3), we can evalua te Eq. (8) to obtain
2
aE D. 27:53 { O C 47:69 |O/ ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.29
Solution
E D x {O C y |O :
r (1)
E D xP {O C 2 xxP |O :
v (3)
P
The term x in Eq. (3) can be determined by enforcing the conditio n that the magnitude of the velocity is equal
to v 0 . This gives
P C 4 2x2xP 2 D v02 ) xP D p1 Cv40 2x2 ;
x2 (4)
P
where we have chosen x > 0 because the airplane is moving in the positive x direction. Substituting the last
of Eqs. (4) into Eq. (3) gives
v0 2 v0 x
v { : (5)
1 4 x 2 2 1 4 2x 2
E D Dp C O C p CD
For v 0 D
160 km=h 160 3600 1000
D
m =s, 6 104 m1 , and x 400 m, we can evaluate Eq. (5) to obtain
The acceleration is the time derivative of the velocity. Using Eq. (3) and the chain rule, we have
Substituting the last of Eqs. (4) and Eq. (7) into Eq. (6), after simplification, gives
4 2 v02 x 2 v02
ED
a
2
OC
{
2 2
O
|: (8)
1 C 4 2x 2 1 C 4 x 2
4
For v 0 D 160 km=h D 160 1000
3600 m =s, D 6 10 m , and x D 400 m, Eq. (8) gives
1
2
aE D . 0:7516 {O C 1:566 |O / m=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.30
A test track for automobi les has a portion with a specific profile describe d by:
y D h 1 sin.x=w/ ;
D
where h 0:5 ft and w D
8 ft, and where the argument of the sine function is understood to be in radians.
A car travels in the positive x direction such that the horizontal component of velocity remains constant
and equal to 55 mph. Modeling the car as a point moving along the given profile, determine the maximum
speed of the car. Express your answer in ft =s.
Solution
Letting x and y represent the coordinat es of the car, the position of the car is
E D x {O C h1
r sin.x=w/ | :
O (1)
The velocity is the time deriva tive of the position. Using Eq. (1) and the chain rule, we have
h x
E D xP {O
v
w
cos
w
x |: PO (2)
To determine the maximum speed, we first determine the speed, which is the magnitude of the velocity. From
Eq. (2), we have
v
ˇD P ˇs C
x 1
h2
w2
cos 2
x
w
:
(3)
From Eq. (3) we see that the speed varies because of the presence of the cosine function, whose maximum
possible value is equal to one. We conclude that the maximum value of the speed is
vmax
ˇD P ˇs C
x 1
h2
w2
: (4)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.31
A test track for automobi les has a portion with a specific profile describe d by:
y D h 1 cos.x=w/ ;
where h D
0:20 m and w D
2 m, and where the argument of the cosine function is understood to be
in radia ns. A car travels in the positive x direction with a constant x component of velocity equal
to 100 km=h. Modeling the car as a point moving alon g the given profile, deter mine the velocit y and
acceleration (expressed in m=s and m =s2 , respectively) of the car for x 24 m. D
Solution
Letting x and y represent the coordinat es of the car, the position of the car is r E D x {O C y |O , i.e.,
rE D x {O C h 1 cos
.x=w/ |O : (1)
The velocity is the time deriva tive of the position. Using Eq. (1) and the chain rule, we have
E D xP {O C wh sin
x
v
w
PO
x |: (2)
The acceleration is the time derivative of the velocity. Recalling that x is constant, differentiating Eq. (2)
with respect to time and using the chain rule, we have P
h x
ED
a cos x2 | : P O (3)
w2 w
2
E D .27:78 {O
v O
1:490 | / m=s and E D 32:56 |O m=s :
a
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.32
A test track for automobi les has a portion with a specific profile describe d by:
y D h 1 cos.x=w/ ;
where h D D
0:75 ft and w 10 ft, and where the argument of the cosine function is understood to be in
radians. A car drives at a constant speed v0 D
35 mph. Modeling the car as a point moving along the given
profile, find the velocity and accelera tion of the car for x D
97 ft. Express velocity in ft =s and acceleration
in ft =s2 .
Solution
Letting x and y represent the coordinat es of the car, the position of the car is bvr D x {O C y |O , i.e.,
rE D x {O C h 1 cos
.x=w/ |O : (1)
The velocity is the time deriva tive of the position. Using Eq. (1) and the chain rule, we have
E D xP {O C wh sin
x
v
w
PO
x |: (2)
The quantity x is currently unknown but it can be determined by enforcing the conditio n that the speed is
equal to v 0 . Recalling that v
P D xP 2 C yP 2, from Eq. (2), setting the speed equal to v0 gives
p
h2
x 2 2 wv 0
xP 2 C 2 sin2 xP D v 0 ) xP D ; q (3)
w w
w C h2 sin2 .x=w/
2
where we have taken xP > 0 because the car moves in the positive x direction. Substituting the last of Eqs. (3)
into Eq. (2), we have
wv 0 hv 0 sin.x=w/
vED q 2
|O: OC
{ q (4)
C h2 sin .x=w/ w2 w 2 C h2 sin2 .x=w/
5280
For v 0 D 35 mph D 35 3600 ft =s, h D 0:75 ft, w D 10 ft, and x D 97 ft, Eq. (4) gives
E D .51:32 {O
v O
1:046 | / ft=s:
The acceleration is the time derivative of the velocity. Differentiating Eq. (2) with respect to time and using
the chain rule, we have
2
E D ddxxP xP {O C wh xwP cos wx C sin wx ddxxP xP |O:
a (5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
dx PD 2
dx
hv
2 w Ch 2
0 sin .2x=w/
2 sin2 .x=w/ 3=2
; (6)
where we have used the trigonometric identity 2 sin ˛ cos ˛ D sin.2˛/. Substituting the last of Eqs. (3) and
Eq. (6) into Eq. (5) and simplifying, we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.33
The orbit of a satellite A around planet B is the ellipse shown and is described by the equation .x=a/ 2 C
.y=b/ 2 D
1, where a and b are the semimajor and semiminor axes of the ellipse, respectively. When
D
x a=2 and y > 0, the satellite is moving with a speed v 0 as shown. Determine the expression for the
E
satellite’s velocity v in terms of v 0 , a , and b for x a=2 and y > 0. D
Solution
We begin by identifying the value of the y coordinate of the satellite corresponding to x a=2 and the D
condition y > 0. Setting x D
a=2 in the equation describ ing the path of the satellite, we have
1 2
p3
4
C yb2 D 1 ) y D 2
b; (1)
where we have selected the positive root to satisfy the requirement that y > 0. Next, differentiating the
relation describing the path of the satellite with respect to time, we have
xxP yy P 0: (2)
2 2
a b D
Substituting x D a=2 and the last of Eqs. (1) in Eq.C(2), after simplifying, we have
p
a 3yP
xP C D 0: (3)
b
We also know that
x2
P C yP 2 D v02; (4)
where we treat the speed v 0 as a known quantity. Equations (3) and (4) form a system of two second order
P P
algebraic equations in the two unknowns x and y . This system has two solutions. However, as shown in the
figure, at the instant considered A is moving upward and to the left. Hence, we have that x < 0, which is P
sufficient to allow us to determine the following unique solution:
p
P D p3a23av
x
0
C b2 and yP D p3av20bC b 2 : (5)
Recalling that the velocity is given by v x{ y | , using Eq. (5), we can express the velocity as
EDPOCP O p
v0
vE D p 3a {O C b |O :
2
3a C b 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.34
In the mechanism shown, block B is fixed and has a profile described by the following relation:
" x 1 x #
2 4
y D h 1 C 12 d
4 d
:
The follower moves with the shuttle A , and the tip C of the follower remain s in contact with B .
Assume that h 0:25 in:, d D D
1 in:, and the horizontal position of C is x d sin .!t/ , where D
! D 2 rad=s, and t is time in seconds. Determine an analytical expre ssion for the speed of C as a
function of x and the parameters d , h , and ! . Then, evaluate the speed of C for x 0 , x 0:5 in:, and
D
x 1 in. Express your answers in ft =s. D D
Solution
The position of C is
E D x {O C y |O :
r (1)
C B C y x
Since remains
the problem in contact
statemen with
t. Hence, , then
we can the vertical
rewrite Eq. (1) position of , namely , is given as a function of
as follows: in
" x 1 x #
2 4
E D x {O C h 1 C 21
r
d
4 d
O
|: (2)
The velocity of C is obtained by differe ntiating Eq. (2) with respect to time. Using the chain rule, this gives
x3
x
E D xP {O C h
v
d2
d4
x |: PO (3)
Recalling that the speed is the magnitude of the velocity, using Eq. (3) we have
v
ˇD P ˇs C
x 1 h2
x
d2
x3
d4
2
: (4)
Since x D d sin .!t/ , differentiating this expression with respect to time, we have
xP D d ! cos.!t/: (5)
ˇ Pˇ D
x j
d ! cos.!t/ j ) xP D d ! ˇˇ q 1 sin2 .!t/ ) xP D d ! ˇˇ q 1 .x=d/ 2 ; (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
where, in obtaining the last of Eqs. (6), we have used the fact that x d sin .!t/ . Substituting the last of D
Eqs. (6) into Eq. (4), we have the expression for the speed requested by the problem statement:
p
s x x3
2
v D! d2 x2 1 C h2 : (7)
d2 d4
0:25
Recalling that h 0:25 in: D 12 ft, d D D 1 in: D 121 ft, and ! D 2 rad=s, we can evaluate Eq. (7) for
0:5
D
x 0 , x 0:5 in: D 12 ft, and Dx 1 in: D D 121 ft to obtain, respectively,
v D 0:5236 ft=s; v D 0:4554 ft=s; and v D 0:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.35
In the mechanism shown, block B is fixed and has a profile described by the following relation:
" x 1 x #
2 4
y D h 1 C 12 d
4 d
:
The follower moves with the shuttle A , and the tip C of the follower remain s in contact with B .
Assume that h 2 mm, d D D
20 mm, and A is made to move from x d to x d with a constant D D
speed v 0 0:1 m=s. Determine the acceleration of C for x 15 mm. Express your answer in m =s2 .
D D
Solution
The position of C is
E D x {O C y |O :
r (1)
Since C remains in contact with B , then the vertical position of C , namely y , is given as a function of x in
the problem statemen t. Hence, we can rewrite Eq. (1) as follows:
" 2 4
x 1 x #
E D x {O C h 1 C 21
r
d
4 d
O
|: (2)
The velocity of C is obtained by differe ntiating Eq. (2) with respect to time. Using the chain rule, this gives
x3
x
vE D xP {O C h d2
d4
x |: PO (3)
Since the follower moves with A , and since A moves to the right with the constant speed v 0 , we then have
xP D v 0: (4)
Substituting Eq. (4) into Eq. (3) we then have that the velocity of C is
x3
x
E D v 0 {O C v0h
v
d2
d4
O
|: (5)
The acceleration of C is obtained by differentiating the expression of the velocity in Eq. (5) with respect to
time. Using the chain rule, this gives
2
x2
E D hvd 20
a 13
d2
O
|; (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
2
where we have accounted for the fact that v 0 is constant. Recalling that h 2 mm D D 1000 m, d D 20 mm D
20 15
1000 m, v 0 D
0:1 m=s, we can evaluate the expressi on in Eq. (6) for x 15 mm D D 1000 m to obtain
2
ED
a 0:03438 | O m =s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.36
The Center for Gravitational Biology Research at NASA’s Ames Research Center runs a large centrifuge
capable of 20g of acceleration, where g is the acceleration due to gravity ( 12:5g is the maximum for
human subjects). The distance from the axis of rotati on to the cab at either A or B is R
q 25 ft. The q D
trajectory of A is described by yA D R 2 xA2 for yA 0 and by yA R 2 xA2 for yA < 0. If A D
moves at the constant speed vA D 120 ft=s, determine the velocity and acceleration of A when xA 20 ft D
and yA > 0.
Solution
Starting with the equation of the trajectory for yA > 0, and differentiating it with respect to time, we have
P D
yA q xA xA P : (1)
R2 xA2
2 2
We now recall that the speed of A can be computed as vA D xPA C yPA, which implies
q
2 2
xA2
P C yPA2 D vA2 ) xPA2 C Rx2AxPAx2 D vA2 ; A
(2)
where the last of Eqs. (2) was obtained by using Eq. (1). The last of Eqs. (2) can be solved for xA to obtain P
P D
xA
vA
q R2 xA2 ; (3)
R
where, referring to the figure in the problem statement, we have chosen the root with xA < 0 since, for P
D
xA 20 ft, A is moving down and to the left. Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (1), we have
P D vARxA :
yA (4)
Since vA E D xPA {O C yPA |O , using Eqs. (3) and (4), we can now express the velocity of A as
vA vA xA
v R2 x 2 { |: (5)
EA D R AOC R O q
For vA D 120 ft=s, R D 25 ft, and xA D 20 ft, we can evaluate Eq. (5) to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Since the acceleration is the time derivative of the velocity, we can determine the acceleration of A by
differentiating Eq. (5) with respect to time. Using the chain rule, this gives
E D vRA
aA q xA xA P O C vRA xPA |O :
{ (6)
R 2 xA2
vA2 xA vA2 q
E D
aA O
{ R2 xA2 | : O (7)
R2 R2
For vA D 120 ft=s, R D 25 ft, and xA D 20 ft, we can evaluate Eq. (7) to obtain
2
aEA D .460:8 {O 345:6 |O / ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.37
Solution
Using the coordinate system and expression s given in the problem statement, the position of point C can be
expressed as as a function of as follows:
E D xC {O C yC |O D
rC
R cos C 21
p L2 R 2 sin2
{O C R |O:
1
2 sin (1)
The velocity is the time derivative of the position. Hence, differentiating Eq. (1) with respect to time and
using the chain rule, we have
RP R sin cos P
R
vC 2 sin {O C cos | : (2)
E D 2 Cp L2 R 2 sin2 2 O
Since D ! t and that therefore P D ! , we can rewrite Eq. (2) as
!R R sin cos
O C !R
E D
vC
2
2 sin C p {
2
cos |O: (3)
L2 R 2 sin2
The speed is now found by taking the magnitude of the velocity vector. Using Eq. (3), this gives
s 4R sin2 cos 2 2 2
vC D !R
2
4 sin2 C p 2
C RL2 sinR2 cos
sin2
C cos2 : (4)
L2 R2 sin
The acceleration is found by taking the derivative of the velocity. Hence, differentiating Eq. (3) with respect
to time, using the chain rule and recalling that ! , we have PD
! 2 R 2 sin2 / 3 cos2 sin 2 ! 2R
C R.cos2 C .LR2
E D
aC
2
2 cos p 2
R2 sin /3=2
O
{
2
O
sin | : (5)
L R 2 sin2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.38
Solution
The velocity of point C is the time derivative of the position of C . Using the coordinate system shown and
since D
! t , can be written as
E D xC {O C yC |O D
rC
R cos !t C 12
p L2 R 2 sin2 !t
{O C R 1
2
O
sin !t | : (1)
Hence, differentiating the above expression with respect to time and simplifying, we have
The acceleration is found by taking the derivative of the velocity. Hence, differentiating Eq. (2) with respect
to time, we have
2
! 2 R 2 3 cos2 sin 2 !t ! 2R
C R.cos2 !t 2 sin2 !t / C .LR2
E D
aC
2
2 cos !t p 2
R2 sin !t /3=2
O
{
2
O
sin !t | : (4)
L R sin !t
Plot of the trajectory and speed of C . Plots of the trajectory and speed of C for 0 < t < 0:025 s can be
generated with appropriate numerical software. The plots presented below were generated using Mathematica
with the following code:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
E E
Plots of the components of vC and aC . The components of point C ’s velocity and acceleration are shown
below in the plots to the left and right, respectively. These plots were obtained using the following code:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.39
The following four problems refer to a car traveling between two STOP STOP
Solution
The expression for v.t/ consists of the difference between the constant 9 m=s and a cosine function multiplied
by the value 9 m=s. The cosine function can only range between 1 and 1. The corresponding range of v is
therefore v D
18 m=s, when cos .2t=5/ 1, and v D
0 , when cos .2t=5/ D
1 . Hence, the maximum value D
of v.t/ is
vmax D 18:00 m=s: (1)
where the last of Eqs. (2) is the only admissible solution with 0 t 5 s. Evaluating the last of Eqs. (2) to
four significant figures, we have
tvmax D 7:854 s:
To find the position s vmax at which v max is achieved, we first determine s.t/ . Recalling that v D ds=dt , we
can write Z Z
s t
ds D v. t/ dt ) 0
ds D 0
v.t/dt; (3)
where the limits of integration reflect the fact that s D 0 for t D 0. Integrating v.t/ , we have
45 2t
s D 9t
2
sin
5
m: (4)
Given that we have already determin ed t vmax , we can find s vmax by letting t D tv
max
in Eq. (4). This gives
svmax D
.45 =2/ m, which, to four significant figures, gives
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.40
The following four problems refer to a car traveling between two STOP STOP
Solution
where we have selected the only solution in the range 0 t 5 s . Expressing the above result to four
siginificant figures, we have
tbraking D 7:854 s: (2)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.41
The following four problems refer to a car traveling between two STOP STOP
Solution
By definition, the average velocity is the change in position divided by the time it takes for the change in
position to occur. We denote by t i and tf the times at which the car starts moving and comes to a stop,
respectively (the subscripts i and f stand for initial and final, respectively). The car starts moving at time
ti D0 . For t D D
tf , v 0 , so that we can find tf by solving the equat ion v.tf / 0 , i.e., D
Œ9 9 cos.2tf =5/ç m=s D0 ) cos.2tf =5/ D1 ) tf D 5 s: (1)
To compute the change in position, we first determine s.t/ . Recalling that v D ds=dt , we can write
s t
ds D v. t/ dt )
D 0 v.t/dt; 0
ds (2)
Z
where the limits of integration reflect the fact that s D 0 for t D 0 . Integrating v.t/ , we have
Z
45 2t
s D 9t
2
sin
5
m: (3)
Evaluating Eq. (3) with the value of the last of Eqs. (1), we have
As stated earlier,
vavg D s.tftf/
ti
s.t i /
: (5)
Recalling that t i D 0, s.ti / D 0, and using the results in Eqs. (1) and (4), we can evaluate v avg to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.42
The following four problems refer to a car traveling between two STOP STOP
Solution
2
jaj D 3:600 m=s :
max
Letting t jajmax denote the time at which a max is achieved, we have that sin.2t jajmax =5/ 1, i.e.,
t D j.5j =4/ jamax j 1 s and
t jamax j 2 D .15=4/ s;
D˙
(2)
where the limits of integration reflect the fact that s D 0 for t D 0. Integrating v.t/ , we have
45 2t
s D 9t
2
sin
5
m: (4)
s
jamax j 1 D 12:84 m and
s
jamax j 2 D 128:5 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.43
The acceleration of a sled is prescribed to have the following form: a ˇ t , where t is time expressed D p
in seconds, and ˇ is a constant. The sled starts from rest at t 0 . Determine ˇ in such a way that the D
distance traveled after 1 s is 25 ft.
Solution
The acceleration is a D dv=dt . Since a is given as a function of time, we can separate the velocity and time
variable as follows:
dv
D a.t/ ) dv D a. t/ dt: dt
(1)
p
Recalling that a.t/ D ˇ t and that the velocity is equal to zero for t D 0 , we integrate the last of Eqs. (1) as
follows: Z Z
v t p
0
dv D 0
ˇ t dt ) v.t/ D 23 ˇt 3=2: (2)
ds
dt
D v.t/ ) ds D v. t/ dt: (3)
Letting s 0 denote the value of s for t D 0 and using the expression for v.t/ in the last of Eqs. (2), we can
integrate the last of Eqs. (3):
s t
Z ds D Z 2 ˇt 3=2 dt
3 ) s s0 D 154 ˇt 5=2: (4)
s0 0
Letting d denote the distance traveled during t D 1 s, we can rewrite the last of Eqs. (4) as follows:
4
d D 15 ˇt 5=2; (5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.44
The acceleration of a sled can be prescribed to have one of the following forms: a ˇ1 t , a ˇ2 t , D p D
and a ˇ3 t 2 , where t is time expressed in seconds, ˇ 1
D 1 m=s5=2 , ˇ 2 1 m=s3 , and ˇ 3 1 m=s4 . D D D
The sled starts from rest at t D
0 . Determine which of the three cases allows the sled to cover the largest
distance in 1 s. In addition, determ ine the distance cover ed for the case in question.
Solution
We will determine how position depends on time for each of the three cases. We observe that the acceleration
is given as a function of time in each of three cases. Recalling that dv=dt a , we can separate velocity and D
time by writing
dv
D a.t/ ) dv D a. t/ dt:
dt
(1)
Recalling that the velocity is equal to zero for t D 0 , we can integrate the last of Eqs. (1) as follows:
Z v
dv D
Z t
a.t/dt: (2)
0 0
Using the expression for a.t/ for the three given cases, we have, respectively,
We recall that the velocity is ds=dt . Since the velocity is now known as a function of time, we can separate
Letting s 0 denote the value of s for t D 0 and using the expression for v.t/ , we can integrate the last of
Eqs. (4) as follows:
Z s
ds D
Z t
v.t/dt ) s s0 D
Z t
v.t/dt: (5)
s0 0 0
Substituting into the last of Eqs. (5) the expression s for v.t/ given in Eqs. (3), we have
where we have denoted by d the distance s s0 traveled by the sled as a function of time. Recalling that
ˇ1 1 m=s5=2 , ˇ 2 1 m=s3 , ˇ 3 1 m=s4 , we can evaluate Eqs. (6) for t
D D D 1 s to obtain, respectively, D
d D 0:2667 m; d D 0:1667 m; and d D 0:08333 m: (7)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.45
A peg is constrained to move in a rectilinear guide and is given the following acceleration: a D a0 sin !t ,
where a 0 20 ft=s2 , ! 250 rad=s, and t is time expressed in seconds.
D D
If x D
0 and v 0 for t D D
0 , determine the position of the peg at t 4 s. D
Solution
Recall that aD dv=dt . Since a is given as a function of time, we can separate the variables v and t by
writing
dv D a. t/ dt ) dv D a 0 sin !t dt: (1)
where we have made use of the last of Eqs. (2). Recalling that x D 0 for t D 0, we can integrate the last of
Eqs. (3) as follows:
Z x
dx D
Z t
a0
.1 cos !t/dt ) x D a!0
t
1
sin !t :
(4)
0 0 ! !
2
Recalling that a 0 D 20 ft=s and ! D 250 rad=s, at t D 4 s, we have
x.4 s/ D 0:3197 ft:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.46
A peg is constrained to move in a rectilinear guide and is given the following acceleration: a D a0 sin !t ,
where a 0 20 ft=s2 , ! 250 rad=s, and t is time expressed in seconds.
D D
Determine the value of the velocity of the peg at t 0 so that x.t/ is periodic. D
Solution
Recall that the acceleration is dv=dt . Hence, applying separ ation of variables for the case in which
acceleration is given as a function of time, we can write
D a. t/ dt ) dv D a0 sin !t dt:
dv (1)
Letting v 0 be the value of the velocity for t D 0 , we can integrate the last of Eqs. (1) as follows:
Z v
dv D
Z t
a0 sin !t dt ) v D v0 C a!0 .1 cos !t/: (2)
v0 0
C a!0 .1
dx D v. t/ dt ) dx D v0 cos !t/ dt; (3)
where we have made use of the last of Eqs. (2). Letting x 0 be the value of x for t D 0, we can integrate the
last of Eqs. (3) as follows:
Z x
dx D
v0 C a!0 .1
cos !t/ dt ) x D x0 C v0t C a!0
t
1
sin !t : (4)
0 !
C a!0 a0
x D x0 C v0 t
!2
sin !t: (5)
We now observe that the first term on the right-hand side of Eq. (5) is a constant and therefore is a special
case of a periodic function. The second term on the right-hand side of Eq. (5) is linear in t and therefore is
not periodic. Finally, the third term term on the right-hand side of Eq. (5), is a periodic function of time with
period p D
2 rad=! . We therefore concl ude that for the motion to be periodic, we must require that
v0 C a!0 D 0 ) v0 D
a0
!
: (6)
Recalling that v 0 D v.0/, a0 D 20 ft=s , and ! D 250 rad=s, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (6) to obtain
2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.47
A ring is thrown straight upward from a height h 2:5 m off the ground D
and with an initial velocity v 0 D
3:45 m=s. Gravity causes the rin g to
have a constant downward acceleration g 9:81 m=s2 . Determine h max ,D
the maximum height reached by the ring.
Solution
We note that the motion of the ring occurs with constant acceleration equal to g and directed downward.
Denoting the release height of the ring by s 0 , and using the constant acceleration equation relating position
and velocity, we have
v 2 v 02 2g.s s0 /; D (1)
where v 0 is the value of the speed corresponding to the position value s 0 . The maximum height is the value
of s corresponding to v D D D
0 . Hence, setting s h max and v 0 in the above equation, and solving for h max ,
we have
v0 2
hmax D 2g C s0 : (2)
Recalling that v 3:45 m=s, s 2:5 m, and g 9:81 m=s2 , we can evaluate Eq. (2) to obtain
0 D 0 D D
hmax D 3:107 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.48
A ring is thrown straight upward from a height h 2:5 m off the ground. D
Gravity causes the ring to have a constant downward acceleration g D
9:81 m=s2 . Letting d D
5:2 m, if the person at the window is to receive
the ring in the gentlest possible manner, determine the initial velocity v 0
the ring must be given when first released.
Solution
We note that the motion of the ring occurs with constant acceleration equal to g and directed downward.
Denoting the release height of the ring by s 0 , and using the constant acceleration equation relating position to
velocity, we have
v 2 v 02 2g.s s0 /; D (1)
where we have selected the positive root since the ring is thrown in the positive s direction. Recalling that
g 9:81 m=s2 and d
D D
5:2 m, we can evaluate Eq. (3) to obtain
v0 D 10:10 m=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.49
Solution
Since the acceleration of the sandbag is constant and equal to g , position and time are related by the
following equation
1 2
y D y0 C yP0t 2 gt ; (1)
P
where y 0 and y0 are the position and velocity at time t D 0. Letting t impact denote the time at which the
sandbag hits the ground, at t D
t impact we must have
1 2
0 D y0 C yP0t impact 2 gt impact: (2)
This is a second order algeb raic equation for t impact whose only physically admissi ble solution is
2
Recalling that g D 9:81 m=s , yP 0 D 7 m=s, and y0 D 305 m, we can evaluate Eq. (3) to obtain
t D 8:631 s: impact
The expression of the velocity can be obtained by differentiating Eq. (1) with respect to time. This gives
yP D yP0 gt : (4)
The impact velocity can be found by substituti ng t impact from Eq. (3) into the (constant acceleration) Eq. (4),
which, after simplification, gives q
P D yP02 C 2gy0: yimpact (5)
2
Recalling again that g D 9:81 m=s , yP 0 D 7 m=s, and y 0 D 305 m, we can evaluate Eq. (5) to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.50
Ann experiences
in terms in the scene
of the acceleration into
due question.
gravity Express your on
g . Comment answer
what
would happen to a person really subjected to this acceleration.
Solution
Let t denote the time it takes to play four frames at 24 frames per second. Hence we have
t D 244frames
frames
=s
D 16 s: (1)
t is also the time it takes for King Kong to displace Ann by a distance s 10 ft. Since we are assuming D
that the acceleration is constant, the motion is rectilinear and we can apply the constant acceleration equatio n
relating position to time:
1
s s 0 v0 .t t0 / ac .t t0 /2 ;
D C C (2)
2
where s is the position at time t , and where s0 and v0 are the position and velocity at time t t 0 , respectively. D
Letting t Dt t0 and s Ds s0 , solving Eq. (2) for ac
gives
s v0 t
ac D2 t 2
: (3)
Since t D 16 s, s D 10 ft, and v0 D 0, we can evaluate ac =g, with g D 32:2 ft=s , to obtain 2
ac =g D 22:36: (4)
Finally, in terms of g we can then say that the acceleration to which Ann is subject is
ac D 22:36 g:
Since the human body cannot withstand much more that 10–15g of acceleration, an acceleration of more
than 22g would likely kill Ann.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.51
A car travels on a rectilinear stretch of road at a constant speed v 0 65 mph. At s 0 the driver applies D D
the brakes hard enough to cause the car to skid. Assume that the car keeps sliding until it stops, and assume
that throughout this process the car’s acceleration is given by s k g , where k RD
0:76 is the kinetic D
friction coefficient and g is the acceleration of gravity. Compute the car’s stopping distance and time.
Solution
R D ddtsP ) sR D ddssP ds
s
dt
) sR D sP ddssP ; (1)
where we have used the chain rule and the definition of velocity to obtain the second and the third of Eqs. (1),
respectively. Recalling that s RD
k g , using the last of Eqs. (1), we can write
Z s Z sP
k g ds D sP d sP ) 0
k g ds D sP0
P P
s d s; (2)
where s D
0 is the position at which the brakes are applied, and where s0 is the velocity of the car for s P D 0.
Carrying out the integration in the last of Eqs. (2), we obtain
1 2
k gs 2
.s s02 /: (3)
Letting s stop
D P P
denote the stopping distance, we have that sP D 0 for s D s stop . Enforcing this condition in
Eq. (3) and solving for s stop , we have
2
D 2sP0k g : sstop (4)
5280 2
Recalling that sP0 D v 0 D 65 mph D 65 3600 ft =s, k D 0:76, and g D 32:2 ft=s , we can evaluate Eq. (4) to
obtain
s D 185:7 ft: stop
To determine the stopping time, we recall that sR D d sP=dt . Also, recalling that sR D k g , we can then write
k g dt D d sP and integrate as follows:
Z tstop
k g dt D
Z 0
P )
ds k gt stop D sP0 )
tstop D sP0=.k g/; (5)
0 sP0
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.52
If the truck brakes and the crate slides to the right relative to the truck, the horizontal acceleration of the
crate is given by s RD
gk , where g is the acceleration of gravity, k 0:87 is the kinetic friction D
coefficient, and s is the position of the crate relative to a coordinate system attached to the ground (rather
than the truck).
Assuming that the crate slides without hitting the right end of the truck bed, determine the time it takes
to stop if its velocity at the start of the sliding motion is v 0 55 mph. D
Solution
To determine the stopping time, we recall that s R D d sP=dt . Since sR D k g , we can then write k g dt D
P
d s and integrate as follows:
Z tstop
k g dt D
Z 0
P )
ds k gt stop D sP0 ) tstop D sPk0g ; (1)
0 sP0
where tD 0 is the time at which the crate starts sliding and t denotes the stopping time. Recalling that stop
P D v 0 D 55 mph D 55 5280
s0 3600 ft =s, k D 0:87, and g D 32:2 ft=s , we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (1) to
2
obtain
tstop 2:880 s:
D
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.53
If the truck brakes and the crate slides to the right relative to the truck, the horizontal acceleration of the
crate is given by s RD
gk , where g is the acceleration of gravity, k 0:87 is the kinetic friction D
coefficient, and s is the position of the crate relative to a coordinate system attached to the ground (rather
than the truck).
Assuming that the crate slides without hitting the right end of the truck bed, determine the distance it
takes to stop if its velocity at the start of the sliding motion is v 0 75 km=h. D
Solution
R D ddtsP ) sR D ddssP ds
s
dt
) sR D sP ddssP ; (1)
where we have used the chain rule and the definition of velocity to obtain the second and the third of Eqs. (1),
respectively. Recalling that s RD
k g , using the last of Eqs. (1), we can write
Z s Z sP
k g ds D sP d sP ) 0
k g ds D sP0
P P
s d s; (2)
where s 0 is the position at which the brakes are applied and s0 is the velocity of the crate at s
D P D 0.
Carrying out the integration in the last of Eqs. (2), we obtain
to obtain
s D 25:43 m: stop
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.55
A sphere is dropped from rest at the free surf ace of a thick polym er fluid. The
acceleration of the sphere has the form a D
g v , where g is the acceleration due
to gravity, is a constant, and v is the sphere’s velocity.
If 50 s1 determine the velocity of the sphere after 0:02 s. Express the
D
result in feet per second.
Solution
We recall that a D
dv=dt . Here the acceleration is given as a function of velocity, i.e., a D a.v/. Therefore
we have a.v/ D
dv=dt so that we can separate the v and t variables by writing
dv
dt D a.v/ ) dt D g dvv :
(1)
Let tf D
0:02 s and vf D
v.tf /. Since the sphere is released from rest at time t D 0, we can integrate the
last of Eqs. (1) as follows:
Z tf Z vf vf
g vf
dt
1
1
0
dt D 0 g v
) tf D
ln .g v/ ) tf D
ln
g
; (2)
0
where we have used the logarithm property according to which ln a ln b ln .a=b/ . The last of Eqs. (2) D
can be solved for vf . To do so, we first isolate the logarithmic term and then take the exponential of both
sides of the resulting equation:
g vf
Dg vf
D g 1
e tf e tf :
tf D ln ) ) vf
(3)
g g
Recalling that vf D v.0:02 s/, g D 32:2 ft=s , D 50 s , and tf D 0:02 s, we can evaluate the last of
2 1
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.56
The motion of a peg sliding within a rectilinear guide is controlled by an actuator in such a way that
the peg’s acceleration takes on the form x a 0 .2 cos 2! t ˇ sin !t/, where t is time, a 0 3:5 m=s2 ,
RD D
D
! 0:5 rad=s, and ˇ 1:5 . D
Determine the expressions for the velocity and the position of the peg as functions of time if x.0/ P D
0 m=s and x.0/ 0 m. D
Solution
Since x R D d x=dt
P D a0.2 cos 2! t ˇ sin !t/, we can write
Z t Z xP
a0 .2 cos 2! t ˇ sin !t/dt
0
D d xP ) D 0 d x;P a0 .2 cos 2!t
(1) ˇ sin !t/dt
where, in choosing the limits of integration, we accounted for the fact that xP D 0 for t D 0 . Carrying out the
integration in the second of Eqs. (1) and solving for xP , we have
a0
xP D . sin 2! t C ˇ cos !t ˇ/: (2)
!
2
Recalling that a 0 D 3:5 m=s , ! D 0:5 rad=s, and ˇ D 1:5 , we can express Eq. (2) as
a0
. sin 2!t C ˇ cos !t ˇ/dt D dx )
Z t
C ˇ cos !t ˇ/dt D 0 dx ; (3) a0
. sin 2! t
Z x
! 0 !
where, in choosing the limits of integration, we accounted for the fact that x D 0 for t D 0 . Carrying out the
integration in the second of Eqs. (3) and solving for x , we have
2
Recalling that a 0 D 3:5 m=s , ! D 0:5 rad=s, and ˇ D 1:5 , we can express Eq. (4) as
x D 7:000 7:000 cosŒ.1:000 rad=s/t ç C 21:00 sinŒ.0:5000 rad=s/t ç .10:50 s1 /t m=s2 ;
˚
where, again, t is in seconds.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.57
The motion of a peg sliding within a rectilinear guide is controlled by an actuator in such a way that
the peg’s acceleration takes on the form x a 0 .2 cos 2! t ˇ sin !t/, where t is time, a 0 3:5 m=s2 ,
RD D
D
! 0:5 rad=s, and ˇ 1:5 . D
Determine the total distance traveled by the peg during the time interval 0 s t 5 s if x.0/ a 0 ˇ=! . P D
Solution
Since x R D d x=dt
P D a0.2 cos 2! t ˇ sin !t/, we can write
Z t Z xP
a0 .2 cos 2!t ˇ sin !t/dt D d xP ) 0
a0 .2 cos 2! t ˇ sin !t/dt D a0 ˇ
d x;P (1)
!
where, in choosing the limits of integrati on, we accounted for the fact that x P D a0ˇ=! at t D 0. Carrying
out the integration in the second of Eqs. (1) and solving for x , we have P
P D a!0 .sin 2! t C ˇ cos !t/:
x (2)
To find the total distance traveled we must first determine when xP .t/ changes sign during the specified time
interval. To do so, we first rewrite Eq. (2) as follows:
where we have used the trigonometric identity sin 2! t D 2 sin !t cos !t and then factored the cos !t term.
Then, referring to Eq. (3), and keeping in mind that we are only interested in the peg’s motion for 0 t 5 s,
we see that
rad
cos !t > 0 for 0 < !t <
2
rad 0<t < )
2!
D s < 5 s; (4)
where we have used the fact that ! D 0:5 rad=s. In addition, we have that
Since, for 0 t 5 s, xP changes sign when t D s , the distance traveled must be computed by integratin g
the velocity as follows:
d
Z s
D 0 a!0 cos !t.2 sin !t C ˇ/ dt
Z 5s
a0
cos !t.2 sin !t C ˇ/ dt
s s !
5s
D 2!a02 cos 2! t C 2ˇ sin !t 0 s a0
h
i
h cos 2! t C 2ˇ sin !t
i
s 2! 2 s
a0
2 cosŒ2!. s /ç 4ˇ sinŒ!. s /ç 1 cosŒ2!.5 s/ç 2ˇ sinŒ!.5 s/ç : (6)
2! 2
D Cn 2
C C
Recalling a0 D 3:5 m=s , ! D 0:5 rad=s, and ˇ D 1:5 , we can evaluate the result in Eq. (6) to obtain
o
d D 52:42 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.58
Solution
D
We recall that a dv=dt and since the acceleration is given as a function of velocity, we can separate the
variables v and t by writing
dv
D a.v/ ) dt D g sindv C v :
dt (1)
Letting t stop be the time at which v D 0 and given that v D v0 at t D 0, we can integrate the second of
Eqs. (1) as follows:
tstop 0
dv
0
dt D v0
g sin v
Z Z C 1 ˇ
) tstop D
ln .g sin C v/ v0 0
) t D 1 ln g sing sinCv0 ;
stop (2)
where we have used the logarithm property ln a ln b ln.a=b/ . Given that D D 8 s , g D 32:2 ft=s ,
1 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.59
Solution
We recall that a D
dv=dt and that, since we need to relate a change in position to a corresponding change in
velocity, the chain rule allows us to write a D
vdv=dx . Then, since the accelera tion is given as a function of
velocity, we can separate the x and v variables as follows:
vdv v
dx D a.v/ ) dx D
g sin C v d v: (1)
Since v D v0 for x D 0 and v D 0, for x D d , we can integrate the second of Eqs. (1) as follows:
d 0 0
v v
dx dv d d v: (2)
Z 0 DZ v0 g sin C v ) DZ v0 g sin C v
To facilitate the integration of the right-hand side of the last of Eqs. (2), we observe that the integrand can be
rewritten as follows:
v 1 g sin
g sin v
C D
.g sin v/
: C (3)
C
Substituting Eq. (3) into the last of Eqs. (2) and carrying out the integratio n, we have
g 9:81 m=s2 ,
D 25 ı , we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (4) to obtain
D
d D 0:7017 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.60
Referring to Example 2.8 on p. 56, and defining terminal velocity as the velocity at which a falling object
stops accelerating, determine the skydiver’s terminal velocity without performing any integrations.
Solution
From Example 2.8 on p. 56, we have that the acceleration of the skydiver is
Cd 2
a Dg
m
v : (1)
Denoting the terminal velocity by v term, we have that a D 0 for v Dv term . Enforcing this condition in Eq. (1)
and solving for v term, we have r mg
vterm D Cd
: (2)
From Example 2.8, we have that C 43:2 kg=m, m 110 kg, and g 9:81 m=s2 , so that we can evaluate
Eq. (2) to obtain d D D D
vterm D 4:998 m=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.61
Referring to Example 2.8 on p. 56, determine the distance d traveled by the skydiver from the instant the
parachute is deployed until the difference between the velocity and the terminal velocity is 10% of the
terminal velocity.
Solution
D dv
dt
D dv ds
ds dt
D v dv
ds
: a (1)
From Example 2.8 on p. 56 we have that a D g Cd v 2 =m . Hence, substituting this expression into Eq. (1),
we can separate the variables s and v as follows:
v
ds 2
d v: (2)
Dg Cd v =m
From Example 2.8, we know that when the parachute is deployed, the velocity of the skydiver is v0 p D
44:5 m=s. In addit ion, we know that the termi nal velocity is vterm mg=C d , where m 110 kg, D D
g D9:81 m=s2 , and C d D
43:2 kg=m. Letting v qt D
1:1vterm denote the value of the velocity that is 10%
away from that of the terminal velocit y (where the subscript ‘qt’ stands for quasi-terminal), and letting d be
the distance traveled to achieve v qt starting from v 0 , we can integrate Eq. (2) as follows:
Z d
ds D
Z vqt
v
d v: (3)
0 v0 g .Cd =m/v 2
where we have used the expression of v qt to obtain this last expres sion. So, recalling that m 110 kg, D
v0 44:5 m=s, C d 43:2 kg=m, and g 9:81 m=s2 , we can evaluate the above expression to obtain
D D D
d D 7:538 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.62
In a physics experiment, a sphere with a given electric charge is constrained to move along a rectilinear
guide with the following acceleration: a a 0 sin.2 s= /, where a 0 8 m=s2 , is measured in radians,
D D
s is the position of the sphere measured in meters, s , and 0:25 m. D
If the sphere is placed at rest at s D
0 and then gently nudged away from this position, what is the
maximum speed that the sphere could achieve, and where would this maximum occur?
Solution
Recall that a D
dv=dt . In this problem, the accelerati on is given as a function of position. Hence, to relate a
change in velocity to a correspondent change in position, we start by rewriting the acceleratio n via the chain
rule: a D
vdv=ds . This allows us to write
v dv D a. s/ ds ) v dv D a0 sin.2 s=/ds; (1)
where we have separated the variables v and s and used the given expressio n for the acceleration. Recalling
that v D D
0 for s 0 , we can now integra te the last of Eqs. (1) as follows:
Z v
v dv D
Z s
D a0 Œ1 cos.2 s= /ç:
a0 sin.2 s= / ds ) v2 (2)
0 0
p
The speed is the magnitude of the velocity, namely, jv j. Since jv j D v 2 , we can solve the second of Eqs. (2)
for jv j to obtain
a0
Œ1 cos.2 s= /ç: jv j D r (3)
To determine the maximum possible value of the speed, we observe that the cosine function under the square
root in Eq. (3) can vary only between the values 1 and 1 . Hence, the maximum possib le value of the speed
is achieved where the cosine function takes on the value 1, which gives
jv j D
r 2a 0
: (4)
max
2
Recalling that a 0 D 8 m=s and D 0:25 m, we can evaluate Eq. (4) to obtain
jvj D 1:128 m=s:
max
jj
We have already argued that v max occurs where the cosine function under the square root in Eq. (3) achieves
the value 1. In turn, this implies that
2 sjvjmax
D C 2 n; n D 0; ˙1; ˙2;::: ) sjvjmax D 12 .1 C2n/; n D 0; ˙1; ˙2;:::; (5)
where s jv jmax denotes the value of s for which v v max. Recalling that 0:15 m and that s ,
j jDj j
we can evaluate the second of Eqs. (5) to obtain followi ng two values for s jvjmax that are within the admissible D
range for s :
D 0:1250 m and sjvjmax sjvjmax D 0:1250 m;
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.63
In a physics experiment, a sphere with a given electric charge is constrained to move along a rectilinear
guide with the following acceleration: a a 0 sin.2 s= /, where a 0 8 m=s2 , is measured in radians,
D D
s is the position of the sphere measured in meters, s , and 0:25 m. D
Suppose that the velocity of the sphere is equal to zero for s =4. Determine the range of motion of D
the sphere, that is, the interval along the s axis within which the sphere moves. Hint: Determine the speed
of the sphere and the interval along the s axis within which the speed has admissible values.
Solution
Recall that a D
dv=dt . Since the acceler ation is given as a function of position, to relate a change in velocit y
to a correspondent change in position, we start by rewriting a dv=dt via the chain rule: a D
vdv=ds . D
This allows us to write
v dv a. s/ ds D
v dv a 0 sin.2 s= /ds; ) D (1)
where we have separated the variables v and s and used the given expressio n for the acceleration. Recalling
that v D D
0 for s =4, we can now integra te the last of Eqs. (1) as follows:
Z v
v dv D
Z s
a0 sin.2 s= / ds ) v2 D
a0
cos.2 s= /: (2)
0
4
The speed is the magnitude of the velocity, namely, v . Since v jj j j D pv2, the second of Eqs. (2) implies
jv j D r
a0 cos.2 s= /: (3)
The result in Eq. (3) is acceptable if cos .2 s= / 0. From a mathematical viewpoint, this implies that
1 2 s 3
2 C 2 n
2 C 2 n; n D 0; ˙1; ˙2;:::
) 41 .1 C 4n/ s 3
4 .1 C4n/ n D 0; ˙1; ˙2;::: (4)
However, from a physical viewpoint, we do not expect the sphere to “jump” from an admissible range of
motion to another. Observing that a a0 > 0 for s D D
=4, the sphere will move to the right when it is
released from rest at =4. Therefore, referring to the last of Eqs. (4), the only acceptable range of motion is
1 3
s
4 4 , corresponding to D D
n 0 . Since 0:25 m, we have that the range of motion is
0:06250 m s 0:1875 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.64
The acceleration of an object in rectilinear free fall while immersed in a linear viscous
fluid is a D
g Cd v= m, where g is the acceleration of gravity, C d is a constant
drag coefficient, v is the object’s velocity, and m is the object’s mass.
Letting t 0 D D
0 and v 0 0 , find the velocity as a function of time and find the
terminal velocity.
Solution
Acceleration is given as a function of velocity, so we first find time as a function of velocity and invert that
result to determine the velocit y as a function of time. Recalling that a dv=dt , we can write D
dt D dva )
Z t
dt D
Z v
dv
0 0 g .Cd =m/v
) t D
m
ln g .Cd =m/v
ˇˇ v
D
m ˚
ln g .Cd =m/v
ln g
Cd 0 Cd
m g .Cd =m/v
D Cmd ln Cd
D
Cd
ln
g
1
mg
v ;
mg Cd t=m
v.t/ D C d 1 e
:
To find the terminal velocity, we can either take the limit as t of v.t/ or we can determine the velocit y!1
at which a D
0 in the given expression for the acceleration. Doing the latter, we obtain
Cd vterm
0 Dg
m
) vterm D mg
Cd
.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.65
The acceleration of an object in rectilinear free fall while immersed in a linear viscous
fluid is a D
g Cd v= m, where g is the acceleration of gravity, C d is a constant
drag coefficient, v is the object’s velocity, and m is the object’s mass.
Letting s 0 D D
0 and v 0 0 , find the position as a function of velocity.
Solution
a D v dv
ds
) ds D vdv
a
: (1)
Since the accelerat ion is given as a function of the velocity, we can determine the position as a function of the
velocity as follows:
s.v/ D
Z v
v
dv D
Z v
.Cd =m/v g g C dv D
Z v
mg=C d
m
dv ; (2)
0 g .Cd =m/v 0 .Cd =m/Œg .Cd =m/v ç 0 g .Cd =m/v Cd
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.66
A 1:5 kg rock is released from rest at the surface of a calm lake. If the resistance
offered by the water as the rock falls is directly proportional to the rock’s velocity,
the rock’s acceleration is a D
g Cd v= m, where g is the acceleration of gravity,
Cd is a constant drag coefficient, v is the rock’s velocity, and m is the rock’s mass.
Letting C d D
4:1 kg=s, determine the rock’s velocity after 1:8 s.
Solution
We recall that a D dv=dt . Using the given expre ssion for a we can write
Cd dv
g
m
vD
dt
) dt D g .Cdvd =m/v ;
(1)
where, in writing the second of Eqs. (1), we have separated the variables v and t . Observing that v 0 at D
D
t 0 , and letting vf (f stands for final) denote the value of v at t tf 1:8 s, we can integrate the last of D D
Eqs. (1) as follows:
Z tf
dt D
Z vf
dv
) tf D
m
ln
g .Cd =m/vf
0 0 g .Cd =m/v Cd g
m Cd
) tf D
Cd
ln 1
mg
vf : (2)
D mg
vf
1 e Cd tf =m :
(3)
Cd
2
Given that m D 1:5 kg, g D 9:81 m=s , Cd D 4:1 kg=s, and tf D 1:8 s, we can evaluate vf to obtain
vf D 3:563 m=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.67
A 3:1 lb rock is released from rest at the surface of a calm lake, and its acceleration
is a D
g Cd v=m, where g is the acceleration of gravity, C d 0:27 lb s=ft is a D
constant drag coefficient, v is the rock’s velocity, and m is the rock’s mass.
Determine the depth to which the rock will have sunk when the rock achieves
99% of its terminal velocity.
Solution
We begin by determining the expression of the terminal velocity, which we denote by vterm . This is the
velocity at which the accelerati on is equal to zero. Using the given expres sion for the acceleration, we have
Cd
0 Dg
m
vterm ) vterm D mg
Cd
: (1)
We denote by v qt (qt stads for quasi-terminal) the value of v corresponding to 99% of v term, i.e.,
99 mg
vqt D 100 Cd
: (2)
D dv=dt . To relate the acceleration to position, we can use the chain rule and write
Next, we recall that a
a D .dv=ds/.ds=dt/ D vdv=ds . Using this expressio n and the given expression for a , we can then write
Cd dv v
g v v ds d v; (3)
m ds g .C =m/v
D ) D d
where, in writing the second of Eqs. (3) we have separated the variables v and s . We now observe that v 0 D
for s D D
0 and letting d be the value of s corresponding to v v qt , we can integrate the second of Eqs. (3) as
follows:
Z d
ds D
Z vqt
v
dv ) d D
Z vqt
.Cd =m/v g g C dv
0 0 g .Cd =m/v 0 .Cd =m/Œg .Cd =m/v ç
) d D
vqt Z mg=C d
m
dv; (4)
0 g .Cd =m/v Cd
m2 g Cd m 2
D mC 2g 99
d D
Cd2
ln 1
mg
vqt
Cd
vqt ) d ln.100/
100
; (5)
d
2
where, in writing the last of Eqs. (5), we have used Eq. (2). Recalling that m D 3:1 lb=g, g D 32:2 ft=s , and
Cd 0:27 lb s=ft, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (5) to obtain
D
d D 14:80 ft:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.68
A 3:1 lb rock is released from rest at the surface of a calm lake, and its acceleration
is a D
g Cd v=m, where g is the acceleration of gravity, C d 0:27 lb s=ft is a D
constant drag coefficient, v is the rock’s velocity, and m is the rock’s mass.
Determine the rock’s velocity after it drops 5 ft.
Solution
We recall that a D dv=dt . To relate the acceleration to position, we can use the chain rule and write
a D .dv=ds/.ds=dt/ D vdv=ds . Using this expressio n and the given expression for a , we can then write
Cd dv
g
m
v Dv
ds
) ds D g .Cvd =m/v d v;
(1)
where, in writing the second of Eqs. (1) we have separated the variables v and s . We now observe that v D 0
for s D 0 so that we can integrate the second of Eqs. (1) as follows:
Z s
ds D
v Z v
dv ) s D
v
.Cd =m/v C g g
dv
Z
) s D
Z v
mg=C d
m
dv; (2)
0 g .Cd =m/v Cd
m2 g Cd m
s D
Cd2
ln 1
mg
v
Cd
v: (3)
where we note that, as required by most root finding algorithms, one needs to specify an initial guess for the
solution (we have used v D
1 ft=s). The execution of the above code, gives the followi ng result (expressed to
4 significant figures)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.69
Suppose that the acceleration of an object of mass m along a straight line is a g Cd v= m, where the D
constants g and C d are given and v is the object’s velocity. If v.t/ is unknown and v.0/ is given, can you
determine the object’s velocity with the following integral?
v.t/ D v.0/ C
Z t
g
Cd
v dt:
0 m
Solution
No, because the integrand is not an explicit function of the variable of integration, which is t . Clearly, if v.t/
is provided as an explicit function of time then one could integrate . However, if v.t/ were given it would
seem superfluous to perform the integration to obtain it a second time.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.70
.k cs/g D v dv
ds
)
D v dv; . k
(1) cs/ g ds
where we have separated the variables s and v . We now observe that v D v 0 for s D 0 . In addition, letting
s denote the stopping distance over wet ground, we have that v D 0 for s D s . Therefore, the last of
wet wet
Eqs. (1) can be integrated as follows:
Z swet Z 0
0
. k cs/ g ds D v0
v dv ) k swet C 12 cs 2 wet
g D 1 2
2 v0 : (2)
Dividing the last of Eqs. (2) by g , multiplying by 2, and rearranging terms, we have
evaluate the last of Eqs. (3) to obtain the followin g two values of swet :
.swet /1 D c1
k
q 2k .cv 02 /=g
D 26:31 m and .swet/2 D c1
k C
q 2k .cv 02 /=g
D 40:35 m:
(4)
D
Only the solution swet .s wet/1 is meaningful because for the is not assumed to keep moving after it comes
to a stop at s wet D
.s wet/1 . Hence, we have
swet D 26:31 m:
For dry conditions, c 0 so that s k g , which implies that the acceleration is constant and we can use
D RD
the equation v 2 v 02 2a c .s s0 / to determine the stopping distance. Denoting by s dry the position s at
D C
which v D
0 under dry conditions, we have
2
0 D v02 2k g.s dry s0 / ) sdry D 2v0k g : ) sdry D 15:93 m; (5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
.swet sdry/
sdry
.100%/ D 65:21%:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.71
A car stops 4 s after the application of the brakes while covering a rectilinear stretch 337 ft long. If
the motion occurred with a constant acceleration a c , determine the initial speed v 0 of the car and the
acceleration ac . Express v 0 in mph and a c in terms of g , the acceleration of gravity.
Solution
Recall that a D
dv=dt . Since a D
ac is constant, we can separate the v and t variables by writing
dv Dac d t . Letting t D
0 be the time at which the brakes are applied and for which v v0 , we can D
integrate the expression dv a c d t as follows D
Z v
dv D
Z t
ac d t ) v D v 0 C ac t: (1)
v0 0
Recalling that v D ds=dt , we can write ds D v dt and use the expressi on in the last of Eqs. (1) to write
Z s
ds D
Z t
.v0 C ac t/dt ) s D v 0t C 12 ac t 2; (2)
0 0
This is a system of two equations in the two unknowns v 0 and ac whose solution is
2
v0 D 2ds =t s and ac D 2d s =t s : (4)
Recalling that t s D 4 s and ds D 337 ft we can evaluate the above results to obtain
v0 D 114:9 mph and ac D 1:308g;
2
where we have expressed the acceleration in term of g D 32:2 ft=s , the acceleration of gravity.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.72
As you will learn in Chapter 3, the angular acceleration of a simple pendulum is given
by RD.g=L/ sin , where g is the acceleratio n of gravity and L is the length of
the pendulum cord.
Derive the expression of the angular velocity as a function of the angular P
coordinate . The initial conditi ons are .0/ 0 and .0/ 0 . D P DP
Solution
d P d P d d P
R D D D P ) P d P D R d : (1)
dt d dt d
Substituting the given expression for R into the last of Eqs. (1), we can then write
where we have separated the variables P and . Since P D P 0 for D 0 , we can integrate Eq. (2) as follows:
P
P P P P g
d .g=L/ sin d 1
2 0
Z P
0 DZ 0 )
2
D L. cos cos 0 /: (3)
P
Solving the last of Eqs. (3) for as a function of , we have
. /
r
P D ˙ P02 C 2 g cos cos 0 :
L
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.73
As you will learn in Chapter 3, the angular acceleration of a simple pendulum is given
by RD .g=L/ sin , where g is the acceleratio n of gravity and L is the length of
the pendulum cord.
Let the length of the pendulum cord be L 1:5 m. If 3:7 rad=s when D PD
D14 ı , determine the maximum value of achieved by the pendulum.
Solution
d P P P
R D
dt
D dd ddt D P dd ) P d P D R d : (1)
Substituting the given expression for R into the last of Eqs. (1), we can then write
where we have separated the variables P and . Letting Pi D 3:7 rad=s and i D 14 ı be the initial angular
velocity and the initial angle, respectively, we can then integrate Eq. (2) as follows:
Z 0
P PD
d
Z max
.g=L/ sin d ) 1 2
2 i P D g .cos max cos i /: (3)
Pi i L
Recalling that L D 1:5 m, i D 14ı, Pi D 3:7 rad=s, and g D 9:81 m=s 2
D 94:38 ı: max
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.74
As you will learn in Chapter 3, the angular acceleration of a simple pendulum is given
by RD .g=L/ sin , where g is the acceleratio n of gravity and L is the length of
the pendulum cord.
The given angular acceleration remains valid even if the pendulum cord is re-
placed by a massless rigi d bar. For this case, let L 5:3 ft and assume that the D
pendulum is placed in motion at 0 ı . What is the minimum angular velocity at
D
this position for the pendulum to swing through a full circle?
Solution
d P P P
R D
dt
D dd ddt D P dd ) P d P D R d : (1)
Substituting the given expression for R into the last of Eqs. (1), we can then write
where we have separated the variables P and . Then, using the above observation concerning the value of P
for rad, we can integrate Eq. (2) as follows:
D 0 Z Z rad
P
P d P D
0min
.g=L/ sin d )
1 P2
2 D 2 Lg : (3) min
P
where we have considered only the positive value of min because in going from 0 to rad the pendulum bob
moves counterclockwise.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.75
As you will learn in Chapter 3, the angular acceleration of a simple pendulum is given
by RD .g=L/ sin , where g is the acceleratio n of gravity and L is the length of
the pendulum cord.
Let L D 3:5 ft and suppose that at t 0 s the pendulum’s position is .0/ 32 ı
D D
P D
with .0/ 0 rad=s. Determine the pendulum’s period of oscillation, i.e., from its
initial position back to this position.
Solution
To determine the period of the pendulum using the given initial conditions, we need to establish a relationship
between the angle and time. To do so, we begin by establis hing a relation between the angular velocity
P
and and swing angle , and then we integrate that result to determine .t/. To find . /, we begin by P
applying the chain rule as follows
R D d P D d P d D P d P ) P d P D R d ) P d P D R d :
(1)
dt d dt d
Substituting the given expression for R into the last of Eqs. (1), we can then write
ı
Since P D 0 when DP 0 D 32 , we can integrate Eq. (2) as follows:
Z Z
g
P d P D .g=L/ sin d ) 12 P 2 D .cos
cos 0 /: (3)
0 0 L
P
Solving for , we have r
2g
P D ˙ . cos cos 0 /: (4)
L
ı ı
Once the pendulum is released from 0 D 32 , the angle will decrease until it becomes 32 . Then the
ı ı
pendulum will then swing back to the srcinal angle. The time taken to go from 32 to 32 is equal to the
time taken to swing back from 32ı to 32 ı . Hence, the period of oscillation, which we will denote by p , is
twice the time that the pendulum takes to go from 32 ı to 32ı . With this in mind, referring to Eq. (4), and
because will initially decrease after release, the expression for to use when goes from 32 ı to 32ı is P
PD
r
2g
. cos cos 0 /; (5)
L
Now, recalling that P D d =dt , we can write d t D d =P , which, because of Eq. (5), we can write
s L
dt D
2g
pcos d cos
: (6)
0
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Z p=2
dt
ZD s 32 ı
L
pcos d
) p
ZD s 32 ı
2L
pcos d cos 32ı :
0 32 ı 2g cos 32ı 32 ı g
2
The above integral can be evaluated numerically. Recalling that L D 3:5 ft and g D 32:2 ft=s , we have used
Mathematica with the following code:
which yields
p D 2:113 s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.76
Solution
The acceleration can be related to the position and the velocity as follows: x xd x=dx , which can then be RDP P
rewritten as xd x P PDR
xd x . This latter expression can be integrated as follows:
Z xP Z x k
v0
P PD
xdx
x0
g
m
.x L0 / dx ; (1)
where, as indicated in the problem statement, v 0 is the value of x for x P D x0. Evaluating the integral gives
us the velocity as a function of x .
1 2 k C kL .x 0
x 12 v02 x 2 x02
2 P D g.x x0 /
x0 /: (2)
2m m
P
Solving for x , we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.77
Solution
The acceleration can be related to the position and the velocity as follows: x xd x=dx , which can then be RDP P
rewritten as xd x P PDR
xd x . This latter expression can be integrated as follows:
Z xP Z x k
v0
P PD
xdx
x0
g
m
.x L0 / dx ; (1)
Solving the last of the above equati ons for x max, we obtain
2
Recalling that m D 0:7 kg, g D 9:81 m=s , k D 100 N=m, and L 0 D 0:75 m, we can evaluate Eq. (3) to
obtain
x D 1:637 m: max
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.78
Solution
The acceleration can be related to the position and the velocity as follows: x xd x=dx , which can then be RDP P
rewritten as xd x P PDR
xd x . This latter expression can be integrated as follows:
Z xP Z x k
v0
P PD
xdx
x0
g
m
.x L0 / dx ; (1)
where as indicated in the problem statement, v 0 is the value of x for x P D x0. Evaluating the integral gives us
the velocity as a function of x .
1 2 k C kL .x 0
x 12 v02 x 2 x02
2 P D g.x x0 /
x0 /: (2)
2m m
Then, keeping in mind that we are interested in the motion of the spring for x 0 (i.e., we are not interested P
in the recoiling motion of the spring after it has stretched to its maximum length), and solving for x , we have P
C 2 g C kLm0 k 2
PD
x
s v02
.x x0 /
m
x x02 :
(3)
Since the particle is released from rest at x D 0 , we have v 0 D 0. Consequently, the above equation can be
simplified to obtain r
x PD 2.mg C kL0/ x
k 2
x : (4)
m m
Next, we determine the maximum length of the spring, which is achieved when x P D 0. Hence, setting xP D 0
and x D
x max in Eq. (4) and solving for x max , we have
k k k
xPD xx max x 2 ) xP D x xmax x : (6)
m m m
Now we recall that x
r r q
P D dx=dt . Therefore, we can rearrange the terms in the last of Eqs. (4) to integrate as
follows:
P D dx )
Z txmax
D
Z xmax
dx
rZ p m xmax
dx
x
dt 0
dt
0 P )
x
D
txmax
k 0 x .x max x/
: (7)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
The integral on the right-hand side of the last of Eqs. (7) can be carried out by substitution, or by consulting a
table of integrals, or by using a symbolic mathematical software. Regardles s of the method, we have
Zp dx
r x
x .x max x/
D 2 sin1 xmax
C C; (8)
where C is a constant of integration . Then using the above resul t we have that the last of Eqs. (7) gives
txmax D
r m
2Œ sin1 .1/ sin1 .0/ç D
r m
) txmax D 0:2433 s; (9)
k k
where we have used the following numerical data: m D 0:048 slug and k D 8 lb=ft.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.79
Solution
Recall that a D
dv=dt . In this problem, the accelerat ion is given as a function of position. Hence, to relate, a
change in velocity to a correspondent change in position, we start by rewriting the acceleratio n via the chain
rule: a D
vdv=dy . This allows us to write
v dv D a.y/ dy ) v dv D g .y L0 /3 dy; (1)
m
where we have separated the variables v and s and used the given expressio n for the acceleration. Recalling
that v D D
0 for y L 0 , we can now integra te the last of Eqs. (1) as follows:
v y
v dv g .y L0 /3 dy v2 2g.y L0 / .y L0 /4 : (2)
Z 0 DZ L0 m ) D 2m
Let y QD
1 m. In order for the weight not to fall below y , the speed must become equal to zero at yQ D yQ .
Hence, letting v 0 for y D DQ
y , the last of Eqs. (2) gives
0 D 2g.yQ L0 / .y L 0 /4 ;
Q (3)
2m
which is an equation in whose solution is
D .yQ 4mgL0/3 :
(4)
2
Recalling that m D 18 kg, g D 9:81 m=s , L0 D 0:5 m, and yQ D 1 m, we can evaluate Eq. (4) to obtain
2 2
D 5651 kg=.m s /:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.80
Two masses mA and mB are placed at a distance r 0 from one another. Because of their mutual gravitational
attraction, the acceleration of sphere B as seen from sphere A is given by
r RD G
m A C mB ;
r2
where G 6:674 1011 m3 =.kg s2 / 3:439 108 ft3 =.slug s2 / is the universal gravitational constant.
D D
If the spheres are released from rest, determine
(i) The diameters of A and B are dA D 1:5 ft and dB D 1:2 ft, respectively.
(ii) The diameters of A and B are infinitesimally small.
Solution
Part (a). Recalling that we can relate the accelerat ion to the veloci ty and position as r R D rP d rP=dt , we can
then write
rP r
rR D rP ddrrP ) 0
P D
rdr G .mA C mB / r
1
r2
dr;
Z Z 0
which can be evaluated to obtain
1 2
rP D G mA C mB
1 1
) rPD
p 2G .mA C mB /
r r0 r
; (1)
2 r r0 rr0
where we have chosen the negative root because the masses are moving toward each other.
Part (b). Now that we have the velocity as a function of positio n, we can proceed to answer the ques tions
posed in Part (b) of the problem. For question (i), when the masses touch r rA rB .dA dB /=2, so D C D C
that s
rPD
p C mB / dA C2 dB r10 :
2G .mA (2)
Recalling that G 3:439 D 108 ft3 =slug s2 , mA D 2:1 lb=g , mB D 0:7 lb=g , g D 32:2 ft=s , dA D 1:5 ft, 2
dB D D
1:2 ft, and r 0 7 ft, we can evaluate the above expression to obtain
5
r
PD 5:980 10 ft=s: (3)
For part (ii), we take the limit of Eq. (2) as r ! 0 to obtain
rP ! 1:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.81
Two masses mA and mB are placed at a distance r 0 from one another. Because of their mutual gravitational
attraction, the acceleration of sphere B as seen from sphere A is given by
RD
r G
mA C mB ;
r2
where G 6:674 1011 m3 =.kg s2 / 3:439 108 ft3 =.slug s2 / is the universal gravitational constant.
D D
Assume that the particles are released from rest at r r0. D
(a) Determine the expressio n relating their relativ e position r and time. Hint:
Zp x=.1 x/ dx D sin1px
p x.1 x/:
(b) Determine the time it takes for the objects to come into contact if r 0 D 3 m, A and B have masses of
1.1 and 2:3 kg, respectively, and
Solution
Part (a). To find the relation between position and velocity, we observe that we can relate the acceleration
to the velocity and position as r RDP P
r d r=dt . Hence, we can then write
Z rP Z r
d rP 1
rR D rP ) P D
rdr G .mA C mB / dr;
dr 0 r0 r2
where we have used the fact that the spheres are released from rest so P D 0 and have let their initial
r
separation distance be r 0 . These integrals can be evaluated to obtain
1 2
P D G mA C mB
1 1
) rP D
p C mB /
r r0 r
2r r
r0
2G .mA
rr0
; (1)
where we have chosen the negative root because the masses are moving toward each other and so r is
decreasing.
Next, we observe that r PD D
dr=dt and we write d t d r= r . Using this expression and the expression for P
P
r in the last of Eqs. (1), we can then write
Z t
dt D
1
Zr r
r
d r;
0 2G .mA C mB / r0 1 r= r0
where we have divided both the numerator and the denominator of the fraction under the square root by r 0
p
and we have used the fact that t 0 D
0 . Making the substitution x r=r 0 so that d r r 0 dx , and evaluating D D
the integral on the left-hand side, we obtain
3=2 Z r r=r 0
r0 x
t D p 2G .mA C mB / 1 1x
dx :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Using the hint given in the problem statemen t, this becomes becomes
3=2
t D p r0 h sin1
px
p iˇˇx .1 x/
r=r 0
;
2G .mA C mB / 1
" r s 3=2
r 0 r r
r
#
) t Dp sin1 1 : (2)
C 2G .mA mB / r0 r0 r0 2
(ii) If the diameters are infinitesimally small, r ! 0 . Hence, from Eq. (2) we obtain
3=2
.=2/r 0
t D p 2G.mA C mB / ) t D 383;100 s.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.82
R
Suppose that the acceleration r of an object moving alon g a straight line takes on the form
RD
r G
m A C mB ;
r2
P
where the constants G , mA , and mB are known. If r.0/ is given, under what conditions can you determine
P
r.t/ via the following integral?
t
r.t/ r.0/ G
mA C mB dt:
P DP Z 0 r2
Solution
P
r.t/ can be determined if the position r of the object is known as a function of time t and if r.t/ ¤ 0 during
the time interval of interest.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.83
If the truck brakes hard enough that the crate slides to the right
relative to the truck, the distance d between the crate and the front
of the trailer changes according to the relation
RD
( k g C aT for t < ts ;
d
k g for t > ts ;
Solution
where ts is the time at which the truck comes to a stop, and where the
subscripts 1 and 2 are used to distinguish expressions corresponding
to t < ts from those for t > ts , respectively. Using the constant accelerat ion equation of the type v D
C
v0 ac .t t0 /, the time ts at which the truck stops is
v0
0 D v 0 C aT ts ) ts D
aT
; (2)
where v 0 is common the initial speed of the truck and crate. Letting x 1 be the position of the truck relative
to the crate at the time the truck comes to a stop, using the constant acceleration equation of the type
1 2
D C
s s 0 v0 t C
2 ac t , we have
x1 D x0 C xP 0ts C 21 xR 1ts2
D d C 21 .k g C aT / ts2; (3)
where x 0 D
d is the initial position of the truck relative to the crate and x0 0 is the initial velocity of the P D
truck relative to the crate.
After the truck comes to a stop, the truck continues to slide relative to the crate with the acceleration x2
in Eq. (1). Using this accelera tion, the distance the truck moves relati ve to the crate after the truck comes to a
stop can be found using
R
xf2 x12 2x2 xf x1 ; R
P DP C
(4)
where xf P D0 is the final velocity of the truck relative to the crate, x1 is the velocity of the truck relative to P
the crate at time t s , xf D
0 is final position of the truck relative to the crate, and x 1 is the position of the
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
truck relative to the crate at time t s and is given by Eq. (3). We now need to find x1 , which can be done using: P
P D xP 0 C xR 1ts ) xP 1 D .k g C aT / ts ;
x1 (5)
where we have again used the fact that xP 0 D 0 . Substituting Eqs. (1), (3) and (5) into Eq. (4), we obtain
0 D Œ. k g C aT / ts ç2 C 2. k g/ d 21 . k g C aT / ts2 :
(6)
Finally, substituting in t s from Eq. (2), we get the final equation for k :
2 2
0
D
. k g
C
aT /
av C 2.
0
T
k g/
" d
1
2
. k g
C
aT /
av # ;
0
T
(7)
T5280 0ft=s, aT D
where we have used v 0 D 60 mph D 60 3600
2
10 ft=s , g D 32:2 ft=s , and d D 12 ft to 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.84
Solution
We will denote by dA and dB the stopping distances of cars A and B , respectively. The stopping distance of
car B is completely determined by the application of the brakes. The stopping distance of car A is determined
by both the reaction time and the subsequent applica tion of the brakes, that is,
dA D dA C dA ;
r b
(1)
where dAr is the distance trave led by A during the reaction time and dAb is the distance trave led by A during
the application of the brakes. During the reaction time, the speed of A remains constant. Therefore,
where t r D
1:5 s is the reaction time of the driver of car A . After both cars apply the brakes, for both cars we
can use the constant acceleratio n equation v 2 v 02 2ac .s s0 / to relate the speeds of the cars to their
D C
acceleration and stopping distances. Setting to zero the final velocities of both cars, we have
2 2
dA D vAtr C 2vAk g and dB D 2vBk g : (5)
We observe that, in order to avoid a collision, the separation d between A and B at the moment that B applies
the brakes must be such that dA D C
dB d . Then, using Eqs. (5), we have
d D dA dB D 21k g vA2 2
vB
Cv t : A r (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.85
The spool of paper used in a printing process is unrolled with velocity vp and acceleration ap . The
thickness of the paper is h , and the outer radius of the spool at any instant is r .
If the velocity at which the paper is unrolled is constant, determine the angular accelerati on ˛ s of the
spool as a function of r , h , and vp . Evaluate your answer for h 0:0048 in:, for vp 1000 ft=min, and D D
two values of r , that is, r 1 D
25 in: and r 2 10 in: D
Solution
The radius decreases by the paper thickness h for every one revolution. Hence, letting be the angle
measuring the angular position of a fixed radial line on the spool ( increases when the spool turns clockwise),
then we have
r h
2
: D (1)
Assuming that the decrease in radius can be viewed as occurring continuously, we can change the above
relation into a relation in terms of differentials. That is we can write
dr
D 2h : d
(2)
Next, observing that the angular velocity of the spool is ! s D d =dt , we can then use the above equation to
relate the time rate of change of r to ! s by applying the chain rule as follows:
Recalling that the linear velocity of the paper is related to the angular velocity of the spool as vp D r !s , we
can use Eq. (3) to relate vp to r as follows: P
2 hvp
vp D r !s ) vp D rr P ) rP D : (4)
h 2 r
Taking the time derivative of vp in the second of Eqs. (4), accounting for the fact that vp is constant (i.e.,
D
ap 0 ), and using the last of Eqs. (4), we have
2 2 2 h2 vp2
a 0 rP rr 0 rr : (5)
p D D h C R ) D h 4 2 r 2 C R !
Taking the time derivati ve of the last of Eqs. (3) and solving the last of Eqs. (5) to find expressions for ˛ s and
R
r , respectively, we have
2 h2 vp2
˛s
h
r and r D
4 r2 3
; R RD (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Evaluating the expression above for h D 0:0048 in: D .0:0048=12/ ft, vp D 1000 ft=min D .1000=60/ ft=s,
r1 D 25 in: D .25=12/ ft, and r 2 D 10 in: D .10=12/ ft, we have
˛s
ˇ r Dr1
D 0:001956 rad=s 2
and ˛s
ˇ r Dr2
D 0:03056 rad=s : 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.86
The spool of paper used in a printing process is unrolled with velocity vp and acceleration ap . The
thickness of the paper is h , and the outer radius of the spool at any instant is r .
If the velocity at which the paper is unrolled is not constant, determine the angular acceleratio n ˛ s of
the spool as a function of r , h , vp , and ap . Evaluate your answer for h 0:0048 in:, vp 1000 ft=min, D D
ap 3 ft=s2 , and two values of r , that is, r 1 25 in: and r 2 10 in:
D D D
Solution
The radius decreases by the paper thickness h for every one revolution. Hence, letting be the angle (in
radians) measuring the angular position of a fixed radial line on the spool ( increases when the spool turns
clockwise), then we have
r h
2
: D (1)
Assuming that the decrease in radius can be viewed as occurring continuously, we can change the above
Next, observing that the angular velocity of the spool is ! s D d =dt , we can then use the above equation to
relate the time rate of change of r to ! s by applying the chain rule as follows:
Recalling that the linear velocity of the paper is related to the angular velocity of the spool as vp D r !s , we
can use Eq. (3) to relate vp to r as follows: P
2 hvp
vp D r !s ) vp D h
rr P ) rP D 2 r
: (4)
Taking the time derivative of the second of Eqs. (4) and then using the last of Eqs. (4) to substitute for the
P
term r , we have
2 h2 v 2
vp ap h 4 2 r 2 r r :
p P D D
C R (5) !
To find an expression for the term rR , we take the time derivative of rP in Eq. (3) and obtain
h
rR D ˛s : (6)
2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Substituting the result from Eq. (6) into Eq. (5), we have
2
h2 vp2 hr
!
ap D h 4 2 r 2
2
˛s : (7)
2
˛s D arp C 2hv rp3 :
Evaluating the expression above for h 0:0048 in: .0:0048=12/ ft, vp
D 1000 ft=min D .1000=60/ ft=s,
ap 3 ft=s2 , r 1 25 in: .25=12/ ft, and r 2 10 in: .10=12/ ft, we have
D D D D DD D
˛s
ˇ r Dr1
D 1:442 rad=s 2
and ˛s
ˇ r Dr2
D 3:631 rad=s : 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.87
The spool of paper used in a printing process is unrolled with velocity vp and acceleration ap . The
thickness of the paper is h , and the outer radius of the spool at any instant is r .
If the velocity at which the paper is unrolled is constant, determine the angular acceleration ˛ s of
the spool as a function of r , h , and vp . Plot your answer for h 0:0048 in: and vp 1000 ft=min as a D D
function of r for 1 in: r 25 in. Over what range does ˛ s vary?
Solution
The radius decreases by the paper thickness h for every one revolution. Hence, letting be the angle
measuring the angular position of a fixed radial line on the spool ( increases when the spool turns clockwise),
then we have
r h
2
: D (1)
Assuming that the decrease in radius can be viewed as occurring continuously, we can change the above
relation into a relation in terms of differentials. That is we can write
dr
D 2h : d
(2)
Next, observing that the angular velocity of the spool is ! s D d =dt , we can then use the above equation to
relate the time rate of change of r to ! s by applying the chain rule as follows:
Recalling that the linear velocity of the paper is related to the angular velocity of the spool as vp D r !s , we
can use Eq. (3) to relate vp to r as follows: P
2 hvp
vp D r !s ) vp D rr P ) rP D : (4)
h 2 r
Taking the time derivative of vp in the second of Eqs. (4), accounting for the fact that vp is constant (i.e.,
D
ap 0 ), and using the last of Eqs. (4), we have
2 2 2 h2 vp2
ap D0 D h
rP C r rR ) 0 D h 4 2 r 2 C r rR ! : (5)
Taking the time derivative of the last of Eqs. (3) and the last of Eqs. (4) to find expressions for ˛ s and r , we R
can write
2 h2 vp 2
˛s
h
r and r 2
D
4 r 3
; R RD (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
The above function can now be plotted. The plot below was generated using Mathematica with the following
code:
The quantity ˛ s appears to vary from 30:5 rad=s2 to close to zero as r varies from 1 in: to 4 in:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.88
Derive the constant acceleration relation in Eq. (2.32), starting from Eq. (2.24). State what assumption you
need to make about the acceleration a to complete the derivation. Finally, use Eq. (2.27), along with the
result of your derivat ion, to derive Eq. (2.33). Be careful to do the integral in Eq. (2.27) before substituti ng
your result for v.t/ (try it without doing so, to see what happens). After completing this problem, notice
that Eqs. (2.32) and (2.33) are not subject to the same assumption you needed to make to solve both parts
of this problem.
Solution
Assuming that the acceleration is not equal to 0 and integrating Eq. (2.24), we have
t.v/ D t0 C a1c
Z v
dv ) t.v/ D t 0 C a1c .v v0 / ) v D v0 C ac .t t0 /: (1)
v0
s D s0 C a1c
Z v
v dv ) s D s0 C 2a1 c
v 2
v02 : (2)
v0
D s0 C 2a1 c
s
h ac2 .t t0 /
2
C 2v0ac .t t0 /
i ; (3)
1 2
s D s0 C v0.t t0 / C 2 ac .t t0 / : (4)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.89
The discussion in Example 2.12 revealed that the angle had to be greater than min D 0:716ı. Find an
analytical expression for min in terms of h , w , and d .
Solution
The smallest possible angle (with respect to the horizontal) corresponds to the straight-line trajectory that
going from the point at which the ball is hit to the top of the center field wall.
Using elementary trigonometry, we have that the analytical expression of the slope of the straight-line
trajectory is
w h
D tan1 d
:
To achieve this trajectory the ball would need to be imparted an infinite speed. That is, the straight-line
trajectory cannot be achieved in practice.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.90
A stomp rocket is a toy consisting of a hose connected to a “blast pad” (i.e., an air bladder)
at one end and to a short pipe mou nted on a tripod at the other end. A rocket wit h a
hollow body is mounted onto the pipe and is propelled into the air by “stomping” on
the blast pad. Some manufacturers claim that one can shoot a rocket over 200 ft in the
air. Neglecting air resistance, determine the rocket’s minimum initial speed such that it
reaches a maximum flight height of 200 ft.
Solution
The maximum height depends on the vertical component of the launch velocity. The higher
this component the higher the height. Therefore, the minimum value of the speed needed
to reach the desired height is found by launching the rocket purely in the vertical direction.
Referring to the figure at the right, we consider the case in which the motion is completely
in the y direction. Since the positive y direction is opposite to gravity, we have that the acceleration of the
rocket is y gRD D
constant. We can relate velocity to position using the following constant acceleration
equation:
y 2 y02 2g.y y0 /;
P DP (1)
where yP 0 is the velocity of the rocket for y D y 0 , and where we choose y 0 to denote the launch position of
the rocket. Setting y 0 D 0 and recalling that the maximum height is achieved when yP D 0 , for y D h max
Eq. (1) becomes p
0 D yP02 2gh ) yP0 D 2gh ; max (2) max
where we have chosen the positive root since the rocke t is initi ally launched upward. Recalling that
hmax 200 ft and g 32:2 ft=s2 , and observing that the initial speed coincides with y0 , we can evaluate the
D D P
last of Eqs. (2) to obtain
vmin D 113:5 ft=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.91
An airplane flying horizontally at elevation h 150 ft and at a constant speed v 0 D80 mph drops a D
package P when passing over point O . Determine the horizontal distance d between the drop point and
point B at which the package hits the ground.
Solution
We model the motion of the package as projectile motion. Observing that the positive direction of the y axis
shown is opposite to that of gravity, we have that the components of the constant acceleration of the package
P are
x 0 and y g: RD RD (1)
Letting t denote time and t D
0 denote the instant at which the package is released, Eqs. (1), along with
Eq. (2.33) on p. 49, tell us that the x and y coordinates of the package as functions of time are
1 2
x.t/ D x.0/ C xP .0/t and y.t/ D y.0/ C y.0/t
P 2 gt ; (2)
where x.t/ and y.t/ are the x and y components of the package’s velocity. The package is released at a
P P
height h over point O . Also, the velocity of the package at the instant of release is equal to the velocity of the
plane. Hence, at the instant of release, we have
Substituting Eqs. (3) into Eqs. (2), x.t/ and y.t/ become:
1 2
x.t/ D v 0t and y.t/ Dh 2 gt : (4)
Let t i denote the time at which the package impacts the ground. Since y.ti / D 0, referring to the second of
Eqs. (4), we have s 2h
h 21 gt i2 D0 ) ti D : (5)
g
We now observe that d D x .ti /. Substituting the second of Eqs. (5) into the first of Eqs. (4), we have
2h
d D v0 g
: (6)
Recalling that v 0
sD
D 80 mph D 80.5280=3600/ ft=s, h 150 ft, and g D 32:2 ft=s , we can evaluate Eq. (6) 2
to obtain
d D 358:1 ft:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.92
Solution
We model the motion of the package as projectile motion. Observing that the positive direction of the y axis
shown is opposite to that of gravity, the components of the constant acceleration of the package P are
where xP .t/ and yP .t/ are the x and y components of the package’s velocity. Since the package is released at a
height h over point O while traveling with the airplane, at the instant of release we have
Let t i be the time at which P impacts the ground. Since y .ti / D 0, referring to the last of Eqs. (4), we have
h 12 gt i2 D0 ) ti
p
D 2h=g: (5)
2
Recalling that hD 60 m and g D 9:81 m=s , we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (5) to obtain
ti D 3:497 s:
Denoting the velocity of P at B by vEB , we now observe that the velocity at B is vEB D xP .t i / {O C y.t
P i / |O.
Hence, substituting the second of Eqs. (5) into the first two of Eqs. (4), we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.94
Solution
where we have accounted for the fact that, at time t D 0 , A is at the srcin of the chosen coordinate system.
Denoting by t C the time at which A reaches C , we observe that for t tC , y 0 . Therefore, from Eq. (2),
D D
D v0 sin ˇ 12 g.cos /tC
0 ) tC D 2vg 0cossinˇ : (3)
Observing that, for t D t C , x .tC / D R , substituting the last of Eqs. (3) into Eq. (1), we have
Recalling that v 0 D 6 m=s, ˇ D 35ı , g D 9:81 m=s , and D 25ı , we can evaluate the above result to
2
obtain
R D 5:047 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.97
A golfer chips the ball into the hole on the fly from the rough at the
edge of the green. Letting ˛ 4ı and d D
2:4 m, verify that the D
golfer will place the ball within 10 mm of the center of the hole if
the ball leaves the rough with a speed v 0 5:03 m=s and an angle D
ˇ 41 ı .
D
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, we will use the coordinate system
with axes x 1 and y 1 , which are horizontal and vertical, respectively. The
acceleration of the ball in this coordinate system has components
xR 1 D 0 and yR1 D g: (1)
Letting t D 0 be the initial time, and using constant accelera tion equations,
we have
P D v 0 cos.˛ C ˇ/
x1 and P D v 0 sin.˛ C ˇ/
y1 gt; (2)
where the have used the fact that the initial velocity of the ball is v.0/ E D v0.cos.˛ C ˇ/ {O C sin.˛ C ˇ/ |O/.
Integrating Eqs. (2) with respect to time, and enforcing the fact that x 1 D 0 and y1 D 0 for t D 0, we have
x1 D v 0 cos.˛ C ˇ/t and y1 D v 0 sin.˛ C ˇ/t 12 gt 2 : (3)
From the first of Eqs. (3) we have t x 1 =Œv0 cos.˛ ˇ/ ç. Substituting this resul t into the second of Eqs. (3),
we have D C g sec2.˛ C ˇ/ 2
y1 D tan .˛ C ˇ/x 1 x1 : (4)
2v02
Recalling that ˛ D 4 ı and ˇ D 41 ı , so that ˛ C ˇ D 45 ı , tan .˛ C ˇ/ D 1 and sec 2 .˛ C ˇ/ D 2 , so that
Eq. (4) simplifies to:
g 2
y1 D x 1 x : (5)
v02 1
The x 1 and y 1 coordinates of the point at which the ball lands must satisfy the condition x 1 tan ˛ D y1 .
Combining this requirement with Eq. (5) we have
2
x1 tan ˛ D vg0 1 tan ˛ D 2:399 m;
D x1
g
v02
x12 ) x1 (6)
where we have used the following numerical values: v 0 D 5:03 m, g D 9:81 m=s , and ˛ D 4 ı . The value 2
of x 1 in Eq. (6) is the x 1 coordinate of the ball’s landing spot. With this information , letting dL denote
the distance between the ball’s landing spot and the the golfer, we can determine dL using trigonometry as
follows:
x1
dL
D cos ˛ D 2:405 m ) d dL D 0:005 m < 10 mm; (7)
where we have used the fact that ˛ D 4 ı and d D 2:4 m. We can then conclude that
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.98
In a movie scene invol ving a car chase, a car goes over the top of a ramp
at A and lands at B below.
If ˛ 20 ı and ˇ 23 ı , determine the distance d covered by the
D D
car if the car’s speed at A is 45 km=h. Neglect aerodynamic effects.
Solution
We set t D
0 to be the time at which the car jumps off at the srcin A . Hence,
D
y 0 at t D
0 . Also, at t D
0 , the velocity components of the cars are
Hence, using the above considerations along with constant acceleration equations, the y coordinate of the car
as a function of time is given by
1 2
y D v 0 sin.˛ C ˇ/t 2 g. cos ˇ/t : (3)
Letting tB denote the time at which the car lands at B , since yB D 0, from Eq. (3) we have
v0 sin.˛ C ˇ/tB 1 2
2 .g cos ˇ/tB D0 ) tB D 2v0 gsincos.˛ ˇC ˇ/ : (4)
Next observing that the x component of the acceleration in the second of Eqs. (1) is also constant, using
constant acceleration equations, the x coordinate of the car as a function of time is given by
Substituting the last of Eqs. (4) into Eq. (5) and simplifying, we have
2
xB D d D 2v0 gsincos.˛ ˇC ˇ/ Œcos.˛ C ˇ/ C tan ˇ sin.˛ C ˇ/ç: (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.99
In a movie scene invol ving a car chase, a car goes over the top of a ramp
at A and lands at B below.
Determine the speed of the car at A if the car is to cover distance
d D 150 ft for ˛ 20 ı and ˇ 27 ı . Neglect aerodynamic effects.
D D
Solution
We set t D
0 to be the time at which the car jumps off at the srcin A . Hence,
D
y 0 at t D
0 . Also, at t D
0 , the velocity components of the cars are
Hence, using the above considerations along with constant acceleration equations, the y coordinate of the car
as a function of time is given by
1 2
y D v 0 sin.˛ C ˇ/t 2 g. cos ˇ/t : (3)
Letting tB denote the time at which the car lands at B , since yB D 0, from Eq. (3) we have
v0 sin.˛ C ˇ/tB 1 2
2 .g cos ˇ/tB D0 ) tB D 2v0 gsincos.˛ ˇC ˇ/ : (4)
Next observing that the x component of the acceleration in the second of Eqs. (1) is also constant, using
constant acceleration equations, the x coordinate of the car as a function of time is given by
Substituting the last of Eqs. (4) into Eq. (5) and simplifying, we have
2
xB D d D 2v0 gsincos.˛ ˇC ˇ/ Œcos.˛ C ˇ/ C tan ˇ sin.˛ C ˇ/ç; (6)
Recalling that d D 150 ft, ˛ D 20 ı , ˇ D 27 ı , and g D 32:2 ft=s , Eq. (7) can be evaluated to obtain 2
v0 D 52:82 ft=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.100
Solution
We will solve the problem using the xy coordinate system show n in the figure at the right.
The x axis is assumed to lie on the ground. We assume that the projectile is launched at
D
t 0 from the srcin. The acceleration of the projectile is constant and has horizontal and
vertical components x 0 and y RD RD
g , respectively. Then, letting be the elevation angle
and v 0 the intial speed of the projectile, and using constant acceleration equations, the x and
y coordinates of the projectile are given by
D .v0 cos /t and y D .v0 sin /t 21 gt 2:
x (1)
Denoting the time of flight by tf , then y D 0 for t D tf . Hence, from the second of Eqs. (1), we have
tf D 2v 0 sin =g: (2)
The range R is given by the value of x for t D tf . Substituting Eq. (2) into the first of Eqs. (1), and using the
trigonometric identity 2 sin cos D sin 2 , we have
R D .v 02 =g/ sin 2 : (3)
Part (a). From Eq. (3), R occurs when sin 2 D 1 . This equation has infinitely many solutions for ,
max
but the only meaningful solution is
Part (b). Substituting the last of Eqs . (4) into Eq. (3), we ha ve that R max is
Rmax D v02=g: (5)
2
Recalling that v 0 D D
829 m=s and g 9:81 m=s , and expressing R max as a percentage of the actual range of
30 km, we can evaluate the above expression to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.101
You want to throw a rock from point O to hit the vertical advertising
sign AB , which is R D
30 ft away. You can throw a rock at the speed
D
v0 45 ft=s. The bottom of the sign is 8 ft off the ground and the sign
is 14 ft tall. Determine the range of angles at which the projectile can
be thrown in order to hit the target, and compare this with the angle
subtended by the target as seen from an observer at point O . Compare
your results with those found in Example 2.11.
Solution
This problem can be solved as illustrated in Example 2.11 on p. 70 of the textbook. We recall Eq. (7) in
Example 2.11 on p. 70 of the textbook:
v02 ˙
q v04 g.gR2 C 2y v02/
tan D gR
: (1)
Observe that we are given all of the data needed to use the above equation. Namely, we havev 0 45 ft=s, D
g 32:2 ft=s2 , R 30 ft, so that substituti ng in the above equati on yA 8 ft and yB 22 ft we have
D D D D
(
D 30:43ı;
1
y D yA D 8 ft ) 2 D 74:50 ı ;
(2)
(
56:84ı ;
y D yB D 22 ft ) 1 DD 69:41 ı:
(3)
2
Following the same logic as in Example 2.11, we obtain the two ranges of firing angles as
Unlike Example 2.11, the difference between the angle subtended by the target
and 1 or 2 is significant. In addition, we see that the value of 1 is much
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.102
Solution
Using the axes in the figure, the components of the acceleration of the projectile are x 0 and y g , RD RD
where g is the acceleration due to gravity. Therefore, the acceleration of the projectile is constant and applying
the constant accele ration relation in Eq. (2.33) on p. 49 of the textbook, we have
x D y0 C .v0 sin /t 12 gt 2;
D x0 C .v0 cos /t; and y (1)
where we have accounted for the fact that the projectile is at O for t D 0 , and where we have denoted by
the orientation of the initial velocit y of the projectile. For x D R we have that y D 0. Enforcing this
condition, Eqs. (1) give
1 2
R D x0 C .v0 cos /tD ; and 0 D y 0 C .v0 sin /tD 2 gtD ; (2)
where tD is the time the projectile takes to go from O to D . Eliminating tD from Eqs. (2), with x 0 D 0 and
D
y0 0 , we have
gR 2v02 sin cos 0 sin.2 / gR=v02 ; (3)
D ) D
where, in writing the second of Eqs. (3), we have used the trigonometric identity sin .2 / D 2 sin cos . As
long as the values of R and v 0 are such that gR=v02 1, and observing that the physically acceptable values
of lie in the range 0 90ı , we have that the last of Eqs. (3) admits the following two solutions:
2
For the given values of R D 70 m and v0 D 30 m=s, and recalling that g D 9:81 m=s , we can evaluate 1
and 2 to obtain
1 D 24:86 ı and 2 D 65:14ı:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.103
Solution
We will solve the problem using a Cartesian coordinate system with srcin at A and
axes x and y oriented such that the x axis is parallel to the hill (see figure at the right).
In the chosen coordinate system, the veloci ty of the jumper at A is
E D v0 cos.ˇ
vA ˛/ { O C v0 sin.ˇ ˛/ | :O (1)
where we have set D t D 0 to be theCtime at which the jumperDtakes off at A, and where we have accounted
for the fact that, at t D 0 , the velocity of the jumper is that in Eq. (1). Letting tB denote the time at which
the jumper lands at B , we can replace t with tB in the second of Eqs. (3) and enforce the condition that
yB D h cos ˇ . This gives
The solution for tB corresponding to the minus sign in front of the square root is negativ e. Hence, the
only acceptable value for tB is that with the sign. Recalling that v 0 C
86 km=h 86.1000=3600/ m=s, D D
ˇ 36 ı , ˛ 11 ı , h 3 m, and g 9:81 m=s2 , we then have
D D D D
tB D 2:765 s: (5)
Using the data listed right above Eq. (5) and substituting tB into the first of Eqs. (3), we have xB D 81:92 m.
Then, recalling that h cos ˇyB 2:427 m, we have that
D 2 the D
2distance between points A and B can be
q
calculated using the Pythagorean theorem, i.e., dAB xB yB which gives D C
dAB D 81:96 m: (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.104
A soccer player practices kicking a ball from A directly into the goal (i.e., the ball does not bounce first)
while clearing a 6 ft tall fixed barrier.
Determine the minimum speed that the player needs to give the ball to accomplish the task. Hint:
Consider the equation for the projectile’s trajectory of the form y C 0 C1 x C2 x 2 , with the y axis D C C
parallel to the direction of gravity, for the case in which the ball reaches the goal at its base. Solve this
equation for the initial speed v 0 as a function of the initial angle , and finally find .v 0 /min as you learned
in calculus. Don’t forget to check whether or not the ball clears the barrier.
Solution
The coordinate system shown at the right has srcin at A , the position of the ball
at t D0 . The trajectory of the ball has the form y C 0 C1 x C2 x 2 . To find D C C
C0 , C 1 and C 2 we proceed as follows. First, we observe that y 0 for x 0, D D
which implies that C 0 D
0 . Second, recall that the velocity is always tangen t to the
trajectory. Therefore, given that ˇ is the orientation of the velocity at t 0, the D
slope of the trajectory at x D
0 must be equal to tan ˇ , i.e., C 1 .dy=dx/ xD0 tan ˇ . We know that the D D
trajectory has the form y . tan ˇ/x C2 x 2 . To find C 2 , we now recall that y g. Using the chain rule
D C RD
to differentiate the trajectory with respect to time, we have
Since xR D 0, xP is constant and therefore equal to its initial value, i.e., xP D v0 cos ˇ . Substituting this
condition into the last of Eqs. (1) along with yR D g , we have
Let x G D
80 ft and y G D 0 be the coordinates of the base of the goal. For the ball to land at the base of the
goal, we have p
0 D . tan ˇ/x G Œg sec2 ˇ=.2v 02 /çxG
2
) v0 D gxG = sin 2ˇ: (4)
Minimizing v 0 with respect to ˇ requires making the denominator of the fraction under the square root of the
last of Eqs. (4) as large as possible. The maximum value of the sine function is 1, which is achieved when
D
2ˇ . =2/ rad. Hence, we have
ˇ D .=4/ rad ) .v0 /min D pgxG ) .v0 /min D 50:75 ft=s, (5)
where we have used the fact that g 32:2 ft=s2 and x G 80 ft. Substituting ˇ
D . =4/ rad and v 0 D D D
.v0 /min into Eq. (3), and computing the value of y corresponding to x 58 ft (which is the x coordinate of D
the barrier), we have
y.58 ft/ 15:94 ft > 6 ft; D
that is, the ball clears the obstacle in front of the goal.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.105
A soccer player practices kicking a ball from A directly into the goal (i.e., the ball does not bounce first)
while clearing a 6 ft tall fixed barrier.
Find the initial speed and angle that allow the ball to barely clear the barrier while barely reaching
the goal at its base. Hint: A projectile’s trajectory can be given the form y C1 x C2 x 2 , where the D
coefficients C 1 and C 2 can be found by forcing the parabola to go through two given points.
Solution
y D C 1x C2 x 2 ; (1)
where, referring to the figure at the right, it is understood that the srcin of the
coordinate system used is at point A . Let xB 58 ft and yB D
6 ft be the coordinates of the top of the D
barrier. Also, let x G D
80 ft and y G D
0 be the coordinates of the base of the goal. The ball must barely
clear the barrier and then it must barely reach the goal. Hence, we have
2 2
yB D C1xB C2 xB and 0 D C 1 xG C 2 xG : (2)
The above equations form a system of two equations in the two unknowns C 1 and C 2 whose solution is
xG yB yB
C1 and C2 : (3)
xB / D xB .xG xB .xG xB /
D
We now need to relate the coefficients C 1 and C 2 to the initial speed and angle of the ball. To do so, we begin
with noticing that since the velocity is tangent to the trajectory, and since the initial orientation of the velocity
is the angle ˇ , the slope of the trajectory at x D
0 must be equal to tan ˇ . That is
where we have used the fact that x G D 80 ft, yB D 6 ft, and xB D 58 ft. Next we recall that yR D g . Using
the chain rule to differentiate Eq. (1) with respect to time, we have
We now observe that we have xR D 0 . This also implies that xP is constant and therefore equal to its initial
value, i.e., xP D v 0 cos ˇ . Enforcing these conditions, along with yR D g , in the last of Eqs. (5), we have
2
where we have also used the fact that g D 32:2 ft=s .
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.106
In a circus act a tiger is required to jump from point A to point C so that it goes through the ring of fire at
B . Hint: A projectile’s trajectory can be given the form y C 1 x C2 x 2 , where the coefficients C 1 and
D
C2 can be found by forcing the parabola to go through two given points.
Determine the tiger’s initial velocity if the ring of fire is placed at a distance d 5:5 m from A. D
Furthermore, determine the slope of the tiger’s trajectory as the tiger goes through the ring of fire.
Solution
yB D C 1xB C2 xB
2 and yC D C 1 xC C 2 xC
2; (2)
which is a system of two equations in the two unknowns C 1 and C 2 whose solution is
2 2
C1 D xxCCxyBB.xCxB yxCB /
and C2 D xxCCxyBB.xCxB yxCB / :
(3)
We now need to relate the C 1 and C 2 to the initial speed and angle of the tiger. To do so, we notice that since
the velocity is tangent to the trajectory, and since the initial orientation of the velocity is the angle ˇ , the
slope of the trajectory at x D
0 must be equal to tan ˇ . That is
x y 2 2
C B xB yC
.dy=dx/ xD0 D C1 D tan ˇ ) ˇ D tan1 xC xB .xC xB /
D 52:75 ı; (4)
2
y
P D C1xP 2C2xxP ) yR D C1xR 2C2xP 2C2xxR:
(5)
We now observe that we have xR D 0 . This also implies that xP is constant and therefore equal to its initial
value, i.e., xP D v 0 cos ˇ . Enforcing these conditions, along with yR D g , the last of Eqs. (5) gives
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
D
where, again recalling that .xB ; yB / .5: 5; 3/ m and .x C ; yC / D
.9; 0:5/ m, we have evaluated v 0 by first
evaluating C 2 in the last of Eqs. (3) and then the angle ˇ in the last of Eqs. (4). Now that v 0 and ˇ are known,
E D OC O
observing that vinitial v 0 cos ˇ { v 0 sin ˇ | , we can evaluate vinitial to obtain E
E
vinitial D .5:920 {O C 7:786 |O/ m=s:
The slope of the trajectory is obtained by differentiating Eq. (1) with respect to x :
dy
ˇˇ D 0:2244:
dx x DxB
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.107
In a circus act a tiger is required to jump from point A to point C so that it goes through the ring of fire at
B . Hint: A projectile’s trajectory can be given the form y C 1 x C2 x 2 , where the coefficients C 1 and
D
C2 can be found by forcing the parabola to go through two given points.
Determine the tiger’s initial velocity, as well as the distance d so that the slope of the tiger’s trajectory
as the tiger goes through the ring of fire is completely horizon tal.
Solution
y D C 1x C2 x 2 ; (1)
The last of Eqs. (2)–(4) form a system of three equations in the three unknowns d , C 1 , and C 2 , which can be
solved numerically. For example we have used Mathematica with the following code
D
C1 0:05809 C 2 D 0:0002812 m 1
d D 103:3 m; (5)
1
D
C11:275 C 2 D 0:1355 m d D 4:705 m: (6)
Because the first solution implies that d > xC , the solution in question is not acceptable and therefore we
have that the only acceptable solution is
C1 D1:275; C 2 D 0:1355 m ; 1
d D 4:705 m. (7)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Now we turn to the determination of the initial velocity of the tiger. To do so, we notice that since the velocity
is tangent to the trajectory, and since the initial orientation of the velocity is the angle ˇ , the slope of the
trajectory at x D
0 must be equal to tan ˇ . That is
where we have used the numerical solution for C 1 . Next we recall that yR D g . Differentiating Eq. (1) with
respect to time, we have
We now observe that we have x 0 . This also implies that x is constant and therefore equal to its initial
RD P RD
value, i.e., x PD
v 0 cos ˇ . Enforcing these conditions, along with y g , the last of Eqs. (9) gives
where we have used the fact that g 9:81 m=s2 , and, again, we have used the numerical solution for C 2 and
D
E D
ˇ . Now that v 0 and ˇ are known, observing that vinitial v 0 cos ˇ { v0 sin ˇ | , we can evaluate vinitial to OC O E
obtain
E
vinitial D .6:017 {O C 7:671 |O/ m=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.108
A jaguar A leaps from O at speed v0 and angle ˇ relative to the incline to attack a panther B at C .
Determine an expression for the maximum perpendicular height h max above the incline achieved by the
leaping jaguar, given that the angle of the incline is .
Solution
2 2
hmax D v2g0 sincos ˇ :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.109
Solution
x D x0 C v0x t; (1)
1 2
y D y0 C v0yt 2 gt ; (2)
where R is distance from O to C . Eliminating t C from Eqs. (3) and (4) gives
gR cos2
sin D cos tan.ˇ /
2v02 cos2 .ˇ /
: (5)
gR cos2
sin cos .ˇ / D cos sin.ˇ /
2v02 cos.ˇ /
2 2
) sin cos .ˇ / C cos sin.ˇ / D 2vgR2 coscos
.ˇ /
) sin ˇ D 2vgR2 coscos
.ˇ /
; (6)
0 0
where we have used the identity sin .A C B/ D sin A cos B C cos A sin B . Solving the last of Eqs. (6) for v0 ,
we have
v0 D r p gR cos :
2 sin ˇ cos.ˇ /
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.110
Solution
x D x0 C v0x t; (1)
1 2
y D y 0 C v0y t 2 gt ; (2)
where R is distance from O to C . Eliminating t C from Eqs. (3) and (4) gives
gR cos2
sin D cos tan.ˇ /
2v02 cos2 .ˇ /
: (5)
gR cos2
sin cos .ˇ / D cos sin.ˇ /
2v02 cos.ˇ /
2 2
) C cos sin.ˇ / D 2vgR2 coscos
sin cos .ˇ /
.ˇ /
) sin ˇ D 2vgR2 coscos
.ˇ /
;
(6)
0 0
where we have used the identity sin .A C B/ D sin A cos B C cos A sin B . Solving the last of Eqs. (6) for v0 ,
we have
v0 D
r p gR cos
: (7)
2 sin ˇ cos.ˇ /
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
We can find the optimal value of ˇ to reach a distance of R D 7 m by differentiating v0 with respect to ˇ
and setting it equal to zero. Recalling that 25 ı , this gives D
dv 0
D
1
r gR
cos
cos ˇ cos.ˇ / sin ˇ sin.ˇ /
D0
dˇ 2 2 Œsin ˇ cos.ˇ /ç3=2
) cos ˇ cos.ˇ 25ı / sin ˇ sin.ˇ 25ı / D 0: (8)
The above equation is a transcendental equation that we will solve numerically. Again, this can be done with
any appropriate mathematical software. We have used Mathematica with the following code
Note that the use of root finding algorit hms generally requir es the user to provide a guess of the value of the
solution. As can be seen in the above code (see information provided at the end of the code line), we have
provided a guess of 25 ı . The outcome of this calculation giv es
ˇoptimal D 57:52ı:
Then, using the above value of ˇ along with g D 9:81 m=s , R D 7 m, and D 25ı, from Eq. (7) we have
2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.111
A stomp rocket is a toy consisting of a hose connected to a blast pad (i.e., an air bladder) at one end and to
a short pipe mounted on a tripod at the other end. A rocket with a hollow body is mounted onto the pipe
and is propelled into the air by stomping on the blast pad.
If the rocket can be imparted an initial speed v 0 D
120 ft=s, and if the rocket’s landing spot at B is
D
at the same elevation as the launch point, i.e., h 0 ft, neglect air resistance and determine the rocket’s
launch angle such that the rocket achieves the maximum possible range. In addition, compute R , the
rocket’s maximum range, and tf , the corresponding flight time.
Solution
tB D 2v0gsin : (3)
Substituting Eq. (3) in place of t into Eq. (1), using the trigonometr ic identity 2 sin cos D sin 2 , and
observing that xB R , we getD
v02 sin 2
R D g
; (4)
where R is the range of the rocket. The maximum valu e of R occurs when sin 2 D 1, i.e.,
2 D 2 rad ) Rmax D 4 rad D 45:00ı: (5)
Observing that the time of flight is the same as DtB given in Eq. (3), for D Rmax , we have tf D
2v0 sin Rmax =g , which can be evaluated to obtain
tf D 5:270 s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.112
A stomp rocket is a toy consisting of a hose connected to a blast pad (i.e., an air bladder) at one end and to
a short pipe mounted on a tripod at the other end. A rocket with a hollow body is mounted onto the pipe
and is propelled into the air by stomping on the blast pad.
Assuming the rocket can be given an initial speed v 0 D
120 ft=s, the rocket’s landing spot at B is 10 ft
D
higher than the launch point, i.e., h 10 ft, and neglecting air resistance, find the rocket’s launch angle
such that the rocket achiev es the maximum possible range. In addition, as part of the solution, compute the
corresponding maximum range and flight time. To do this:
(b) Take the expression for R found in (a), square it, and then differentiate it with respect to time to find
the flight time that corresponds to the maximum range, and then find that maximum range.
(c) Use the time found in (b) to then find the angle required to achie ve the maximum rang e.
Solution
Letting tf denote the time of fligh t, for t D tf the rocket is at B , so that we must have
R D v 0 .cos /tf ) cos D v0Rtf : (3)
2h C gt 2
h D v 0 .sin /tf 1 2
gt
2 f ) sin D 2v0tf f ;
(4)
Next, recalling that sin2 C cos2 D 1, using the last of Eqs. (3) and (4), we have
2
2h gt 2 2
C f C v0Rtf D 1;
2v0 tf
! (5)
2 2
R2 D v02tf2 1
h C gt :
2 f (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Now we maximize R with respect to tf . Since the value of tf for which R is maximum coincides with the
value of tf for which R 2 is maximum, we can find the value of tf in question by differentiating Eq. (6) with
respect to tf and then setting the res ults to 0. This gives
dR 2 1 2
.gt s 2 2
dtf
D 0 D 2v 0tf Rmax
2 hC gt
2 fRmax fRmax / ) tfRmax D .v hg/:
g2 0
(7)
2
Recalling that g D 32:2 ft=s , v0 D 120 ft=s, and h D 10 ft, we can evaluate tf Rmax
to obtain
tfRmax 5:211 s:
D
To find R max , we substitute the expression of tfRmax from the last of Eqs. (7) into Eq. (6) and then we take a
square root. To find the corresponding value of we substitute the value of tfRmax from the last of Eqs. (7)
into the last of Eqs. (4) and solve for . Recalling that we have g 32:2 ft=s2 , v 0 120 ft=s, h 10 ft, D D D
these operations yield the following results:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.113
Solution
We can integrate the x and the y components of acceleration to obtain the x and y displacement as a function
d xP
of time. The problem state s that x RD
.=m/ x . Then, recalling that x
dt
P
, we can write RD
Z xP Z t
m
x P D ddtxP )
m
dt D dxPxP ) ) xP D .v 0/x e t ; (1)
.v0 /x
dx
x
P
P D
0
m
dt
m
where .v 0 /x is the x component of the velocity of the projectile at t D 0 . Next, we recall that xP D dx=dt .
So, using the last of Eqs. (1) we have
dx
dt
D .v0/x e mt ) dx D .v 0/x e mt dt
Z x Z t
e m t dt D m.v0/x
e m t : (2)
) dx D .v0/x ) x
1
0 0
We can now repeat these steps starting with the acceleration in the y direction. Doing so, we have
Z yP Z t
dy P ) yP D mg
e
m t
C .v / e
m t
.v0 /y g C . =m/ y PD 0
dt
1 0 y (3)
where .v 0 /y is the y component of the velocity of the projectile at t D 0. Integrating Eq. (3) again wit h
respect to time, we obtain
m g2 mgt
m g 2
y D 2
C m .v0/y
2
C m .v0/y
e m t : (4)
Substituting the last of Eqs. (5) into Eq. (4) and recalling that m D 50 kg, .v0/x D 45 m=s, .v0/y D 30 m=s
and D
0:64 kg=s, we obtain
D 59:88 3
ln 1 2:844 104 x
y 10
C 17:70x m: (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.114
Continue Prob. 2.113 and, for the case where 0:64 kg=s, deter- D
mine the maximum height from the ground reached by the projectile
and the time it takes to achieve it. Compare the result with what you
would obtain in the absence of air resistance.
Solution
When the projectile is at its maximum height, the y component of its velocity must be zero. Therefore, we
P RD P
first need to find y as a function of time. Using y RD
d y=dt and yP g .=m/ y , we obtain
yP
yP ˇˇ
d yP
D Œg C . =m/ yP ç )
d yP
D
t
dt )
m
Z
ln g C yP
Dt
Z
dt v g C .=m/ yP 0 m 0yv 0y
!
) ln g C m yP ln g C m v0y D t=m ) ln ggCC mvy0yP D t=m
m
t=m mg mg
y v0y e t=m
) mPD
g C m v e 0y
; (1)g
)
y
PD C
where we have used m 50 kg, g 9:81 m=s2 , v 0y 30 m=s, and 0:64 kg=s to obtain the numerical
D D D D
result.
The maximum height in the presence of air resistance can be calculated as H max y max h, where h is D C
given as 4:5 m and y max is the value of y when t D
t max . Therefore, we now need to find y.t/ by integrating
Eq. (1) one more time using
yP D dy D
mg
C v0y
e t=m
mg
)
Z y
dy D
Z t mg
C v0y
e t=m
mg
dt
dt 0 0
m
mg mg
) y D C v0y e t=m 1 t; (3)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
where h D 4:5 m. In the absenc e of air resist ance, the maxi mum height is given by .H / D max no air
.ymax /no air C h, where .y / can be calculated by letting yP D 0 in the projectile motion equatio ns with
max no air
constant gravity. Therefore,
2
y2
P D yP02 2g.y max /no air D0 ) .ymax/no air D y2gP0 D 45:87 m; (4)
2
where we have used the fact that y 0 0 , y0 30 m=s, and g D P D D 9:81 m=s . Hence, the maximum height in
the absence of air resistance .H max /no air is given by
where h D 4:5 m. Therefore, the percent incre ase in height with no air resistance is
percent increase in height with no air resistance D 50:3749:2149:21
100%
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.115
Continue Prob. 2.113 and, for the case where 0:64 kg=s, deter- D
mine tI and xI , the value of t , and the x position corresponding to
the projectile’s impact with the ground.
Solution
We begin by working part of the solution to Prob. 2.113. Specifically, we can integrate the x and the y
components of acceleration to get the x and y displacement as a function of time. The problem states that
d xP
RD P
x . =m/ x . Then, recalling that x dt
, we can write RD
Z xP Z t
m
x P D ddtxP )
m
dt D
d xP
xP
) .v0 /x
dx
x P
PD
0
m
dt ) xP D .v0/x e
m
t
(1)
where .v 0 /x is the velocity component of the projectile. Integrating Eq. (1) again with respect to time, we
obtain
x t mvx0
dx .v / e m t dt x 1 e m t : (2)
Z 0 D 0 x Z 0 ) D
Proceeding similarly to obtain the expression of y as a function of time, we have
Z yP Z t
dyP ) yP D mg
e
m t
C .v / e
m t
.v0 /y g C . =m/ y PD 0
dt
1 0 y : (3)
x m x
e m t D 1 ) t D ln 1 : (5)
m.v0 /x m.v0 /x
Substituting the last of Eqs. (5) into Eq. (4), we have
2 2 2
y D m2g C m2g ln 1 x
m.v0 /x
C m .v / m g C m .v / 1
0 y
2
0 y x
m.v0 /x
: (6)
To find the time of impact tI and the location xI of the impact we observe that the impact is characterized
by the condition y h D D
4:5 m. Hence we can use a numerical root finding method to find the value
of t in Eq. (4) for which the condition y D
h is satisfied. Similarly, we can use a numerical root finding
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
method to find the the value of x in Eq. (6) for which the condition y h is satisfied. Because the D
majority of root finding methods require us to provide a guess of the solution, before using any such methods,
we proceed to plot y.t/ as given in Eq. (4) and y.x/ as given in Eq. (6). Recalling that we are given
m D50 kg, .v 0 /x D
45 m=s, .v 0 /y 30 m=s and D D
0:64 kg=s, the plots shown below were obtained
using Mathematica with the following code:
which gives
From the above two plots, we see that tI is close to 6 s and xI is close to 250 m. Hence, we will use the
values just listed as guesses in an appropriate root finding numerical method to find more accurate values to
the quantities tI and xI . For example, this can be done using Mathematica with the following code:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.116
Solution
For the case of no air drag, the time of impact can be calculated by equating the constant acceleration equation
for the y coordinate of the projectile to h. Letting tI denote the time of impact, we would have
1 2 1 2
y D .v 0/y t 2 gt ) .v0 /y tI D h ) gtI2 2.v0/y tI 2h D 0
2 gtI
where we have discarded the solution with the negative square root because it yields a negative time value,
and where we have used the following numerical data: .v0 /y 30 m=s, g 9:81 m=s2 , and h 4:5 m. D D D
The impact distance xI for the case of no air drag can be calculated again by using constant acceleration
equations (with ax D 0). This gives
x D .v 0 /x t ) xI D .v 0/x tI D 281:8 m; (2)
where .v 0 /x D
45 m=s and we used the expressi on for tI in Eq. (1). The problem state ment indicates that the
x position of the rock in the presence of air drag is: .x I /air 0:9xI , i.e., D
.xI /air D 253:6 m: (3)
To be able to use these results, we first determine the trajectory of the projectile in the presence of air
resistance. We begin by working part of the solution to Prob. 2.113. Specifically, we can integrate the x
and the y components of acceleration to get the x and y displacements as a function of time. Starting with
d xP
the given acceleration components, using x dt
RD
, we can integrate the expression for the x component of
acceleration to get x .
xP
P t Z Z
dx
dt
PD
x .v 0 /x e m t (4) ) PD
.v0 /x x P 0 m
where .v 0 /x is the velocity component of the projectile. Integrati ng Eq. (4) with respect to time, we obtain
x t
m t mvx0
m t
Z dx D .v 0 /x Z e dt ) x D 1e :
0 0
(5)
d yP
Using y RD dt
, we can integrate the expression for the y component of acceleration to get y . P
Z yP Z t
dy P D dt ) yP D mg t
e m
1 C .v / e 0 y
m t
: (6)
.v0 /y g C . =m/ y P 0
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
x m x
e m t D 1 ) t D ln 1 : (8)
m.v0 /x m.v0 /x
Substituting the last of Eqs. (8) into Eq. (7), we have
2 2 2
y D m2g C m2g ln 1 x
C m .v / m g C m .v / 1
0 y 0 y x
: (9)
m.v0 /x 2 m.v0 /x
We now observe that at impact the x and y coordinates of the rock are .xI /air and h. By enforcing
this condition in Eq. (9) we obtain an equation in that can be solved numerically. Because most root
finding algorithms require the user to supply a guess of the solution, we begin by plotting the value of y
for x D
.xI /air D
253:6 m (see Eq. (3)) as a function of . The plot presented below was obtained in
Mathematica using the following code:
Problem 2.117
(c) aE bE C bE aE
(d) aE aE
Parts (a)–(d) of this problem are meant to be a reminder that the cross product is an anticommutative
operation, while Parts (e) and (f) are meant to be a reminder that the cross product is an operation that is
not associative.
Solution
Using the vectors given in the problem statement, various properties of the cross-product are illustrated
through a few simple exercises.
Part (a) The commutative relationship for the cross-product is demonstrated by first evaluating
{O |O kO
ˇ ˇ
aE bE D det 2 1 7 ) E ED
ab 11 { O C 1 |O C 3 kO
ˇ 1 2 3 ˇ : (1)
Part (b) The cross-product is again evaluated, but this time in the opposite order such that
ˇˇO
{ | k O O ˇˇ
E ED
ba det 1 2 3
ˇ ˇ ) E E D 11 {O
ba 1| O O
3k : (2)
2 1 7
Thus the cross-product is anti-commutative because the results are equal in magnitude, but opposite in
direction (sign).
Part (c) The fact that the cross-product relation between two vectors is anti-commutative is also demon-
strated through the equation below, where
{O |O kO
ˇˇ
{O |O kO ˇˇ ˇˇ ˇˇ
aE bE C bE aE D det 2 1 7 C det 1 2 3 D
11 { O C 1 |O C 3 kO C 11 {O O
1| O
3k ; (3)
1 2 3 2 1 7
ˇ ˇ )ˇ E
ab EˇC E ba E D 0E: (4)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
{ | k
ˇˇO O O ˇˇ
E ED
aa det 2 1 7
2 1 7
ˇ ˇD E 0; (5)
Part (e) Demonstrating the non-associative nature of the cross-product, the example shows one possible
way to calculate the product of three vectors, where
aE aE
E D 0E bE D 0E:
b (6)
Part (f) The associative property does not hold for cross-products since the result of part (e) is not equal to
the result of
E
a
aE bE D aE
ˇˇˇO
{ | k
det 2 1 7
O O ˇˇˇ D ˇˇˇ O
{
det 2
| k
1 7 ;
O O ˇˇˇ
1 2 3 11 1 3
) aE aE bE D 4 {O
83 | O C 13 kO
: (7)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.118
(c) Compare the result from ca lculating aE .a E bE/ with the vector jEaj2 bE.
The purpose of this exercise is to show that as long as aE and bE are perpendicular to one another, you can
always write aE .aE bE/ D jE
aj2 bE. This identity turns out to be very useful in the study of the planar
motion of rigid bodies.
Solution
Part (a) Two vectors are perpendicular if their dot product is zero. Thus,
E ED1
a b 6 C 2 3 C 3 0 D 0:
(1)
Part (b) The triple product is evaluated by first calculating the cross-product of a and b and then taking the E E
E E
cross-product of a with the cross-product of a and b . The calculation proceeds by E
aE bE D aE ˇˇ O
{ | k O O ˇˇ {
ˇˇ O | Ok O ˇˇ
E
a det 1 2 3 DE O
a 9 { 18 |O C 15 kO D det 1 2 3 ; (2)
6 3 0 9 18 15
)ˇ E
a ab
Eˇ E D O 84 { 42 | O C 0 kO : ˇ ˇ (3)
jEaj2bE D 12 C 22 C 32 2
p 6 {
O C 3 |O C 0 kO ; (4)
D 84 {O 42 |O C 0 kO ; (5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.119
E
Let r be the position vector of a point P with respect to a Cartesian coordinate system with axes x , y ,
and ´ . Let the motion of P be confined to the xy plane, so that r r x { ry | (i.e., r k 0). Also, ED OC O E OD
E D O
let !r !r k be the angular velocity vector of the vector r . Compute the outc ome of the products E
E E E E
!r .!r r / and !r .r !r /. E E
Solution
Use the property verifie d in part (c) of the solution to Problem 2.118 :
E
!r
!E rE D
r jE!r j2rE D 2
! r
r {O C r |O :
x y (1)
The cross-product is anti-commutative, as verified in part (b) of the solution to Problem 2.117. Therefore the
E E
E
triple cross-product !r r !r is Eq. (1) multiplied by 1.
2
E rE !E D !E
! r r r Œ
!E rE D ! r {O C r |O :
r ç r x y (2)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.120
The three propellers shown are all rotating with the same angular
speed of 1000 rpm about different coordinate axes.
(a) Provide the proper vector expressions for the angular velocity
of each of the three propellers.
Solution
Part (a) 1000 rpm D .100=3/ rad=s D 104:7 rad=s. The angular veloc ity vectors can be written as
!E1 D 104:7 kO rad=s; !E 2 D 104:7 {O rad=s and !
E3 D 104:7 |O rad=s: (1)
O D p13 {O C |O C kO
u`
: (2)
E D 100
p {O C |O C kO
!`
rad=s
D 60:46 {O C |O C kO
rad=s: (3)
3 3
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.121
Point P is constrained to move along a straight line ` whose positive orientation is described by the unit
O
vector u` . Point A is a fixed reference point on ` . Let the vector rP =A denote the position of P relative to E
O
A and let uP =A be a unit vector pointing from A to P . Use the concept of time derivat ive of a vector to
describe the velocity and acceleration of P . In addition, comment on what happens to the description of
the velocity and acceleration when P happens to coincide with the fixed point A .
Solution
O
The motion of P is rectilinear. Using the unit vector uP =A, we write the position vector of P as
E D rP =A uO P =A;
rP =A (1)
where rP =A is the distance between P and A . We can calculate the velocity of P using Eq. (2.48) on p. 81 of
the textbook:
vP rP =A uP =A !r rP =A;E DP O CE E (2)
E E
where !r is the angular velocity vecto r of rP =A, which is the same as that of the unit vector uP =A, and by O
Eq. (2.46) on p. 81 of the textbook, we can write
uOP P =A D !E r uO P =A: (3)
Since the motion of P is rectilinear, uP =A is essentially a constant (see discussion at the end of the solution).
O O
Referring to Eq. (3) (and since uP =A can never be zero), this means that, for rectilinear motions,
E D 0E:
!r (4)
Hence the expression for the velocity of P is
E D rPP =A uO P =A:
vP (5)
To derive the acceleration vector of P , we can proceed in the same manner as for the velocity to obtain
where ! E v is the angular velocity of the vector vEP . As with rEP =A, the angular velocity of vEP is the same as
O P =A, which, by Eq. (4), is zero. Therefore , the acceleration of P is
that of u
When P coincides with A , then uO P =A is undefined. Hence we can say that uO P =A is constant except when P
coincides with A , at which case uO P =A is undefined and therefore cannot be used to describe the position, and
consequently velocity and acceleration, of P relative to A .
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.122
Starting with Eq. (2.48), show that the second derivative with respect to time of an arbitrary vector A is E
given by
AER D AR uOA C 2!EA AP uOA C !EP A AE C !EA !EA AE :
Keep the answer in pure vector form, and do not resort to using components in any component system.
Solution
PO D !EA uOA and AEP is given by Eq. (1), so this expression becomes
But, uA
R
AE D AR uOA C AP !EA uO A C !PEA AE C !
EA AP uOA C !EA AE ;
Noting that AP is a scalar and so it can be moved inside the cross product !
EA uOA and distributing the cross
product in the last term yields
Combining the two terms !A AP uA , we obtain the desired result, that is,
RE O EP A AE C !EA !EA AE :
AE D AR uOA C 2!EA AP uOA C !
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.123
Solution
where rP x D 12:5 ft and rP y D 14:3 ft. Applying Eqs. (2.48 ) on p. 81 of the textbook, we have
d jErP j
vEP D rEPP D uO r C !E r rEP ; P P
(2)
dt
where urP O D E jE j E
rP = rP and where !rP is the angular velocity of rP and coincides with the angular velocity of E
the propeller so that
!rP ! prop k; E D O
(3)
D O
where !prop 400 rpm and k is a unit vector pointing in the positive ´ direction. We observe that d rP =dt jE j D
0 because P does not change its distance from the axis of rotation. Hence, substituting Eqs. (1) and (3) into
Eq. (2), and carrying out the cross product, we have
E D!
vP prop.rP y O C rP x |O / )
{ E D.
vP 599:0 { O C 523:6 |O/ ft=s; (4)
2
E D d dtjEr2P j C 2!Er d dtjErP j uO rE C !EP r rEP C !Er
aP P
P P
P
E
.!rP rP /:E (5)
Substituting Eqs. (1) and (3) into Eq. (6), and carrying out the cross products, we have
2 2
aP
E D !prop.rP x {
O C rP y |O / ) aEP D .21;930 {O C 25;090 |O/ ft=s ; (7)
2
where, again, we have used the fact that rP x D 12:5 ft, rP y D 14:3 ft, and ! D 400 rpm D 400 60 rad=s. prop
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.124
E D
Consider the four points whose positions are given by the vectors rA
OC O
2 { 0 k m, rB E D OC O E D OC O
2 { 1 k m, rC E D OC O
2 { 2 k m, and rD 2 { 3 k m.
Knowing that the magnitude of these vectors is constant and that the angular
ED O
velocity of these vectors at a given instant is ! 5 k rad=s, apply Eq. (2.48)
E E E E
to find the velocities vA , vB , vC , and vD . Explain why all the velocity vect ors
are the same even though the position vectors are not.
Solution
d jErC j
vEC D
dt
uO r C ! E r rEC ; vED D d jEdtrD j uO r C !E r rED ;
C C
(2) D D
Since the magnitudes of rEA , rEB , rEC , and rED are constant, and in view of Eq. (3), Eqs. (1) and (2) reduce to
vE D !
C E rE ; vE D !E rE :
C D D (5)
The velocities are the same because the given position vectors all have the same { component and because the O
points in question have the same distance from the axis of rotation.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.126
When a wheel rolls without slipp ing on a stationary surface , the point O on the wheel that is in contact
with the rolling surface has zero velocity. With this in mind, consider a nondeformabl e wheel rolling
without slip on a flat stationary surface. The center of the wheel P is traveling to the right with a constant
speed v 0 D D
23 m=s. Letting R 0:35 m, determine the angular velocity of the wheel, using the stationary
component system shown.
Solution
Since P moves parallel to the ground, we have that the velocity of P can be expressed as follows:
E D v0 {O:
vP (1)
E
Letting rP denote the position of P relative to O , since the velocity of O is equal to zero at the instant
considered, we also know that vP E D EP
rP . Hence, applying Eq. (2.48) on p. 81 of the textbook, we can write
where !rP is the angular veloci ty of the vector rP . As both points O and P are on the wheel, we have that
E E
jErP j D R Dconstant and E D !E
!rP wheel D! wheel k:
O (3)
E D R |O:
rP (4)
Substituting Eqs. (3) and (4) into Eq. (2), carrying out the cross product and simplifying, we have
E D
vP !wheelR {: O (5)
Recalling that v 0 D 23 m=s and R D 0:35 m, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (6) to obtain
!E D 65:71 kO rad=s: wheel
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.127
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, the unit vector ur always points toward O
O
P . The unit vector u is perpendicular to ur and points in the direction of O
increasing . Then, letting r denote the distance between P and the fixed
point O , we have that the position of P is described by rP r ur . Applying E D O
Eq. (2.48) on p. 81 of the textbook, we have
E D rP uO r C r !Er uO r ;
vP (1)
E
where !r is the angular velocity of the unit vector ur . Since the angle O
describes the orientation of rP , we have that E
E D P kO ;
!r (2)
vEP D rP uO r C r P uO : (3)
where we recalled that r D 21;000 ft, rP D 22;440 ft=s, and P D 2:935 rad=s. We now observe that
E D .rP cos
vP
„ ƒ‚ P … O C „P ƒ‚C P …
vx
r sin / { .r sin
vPy
r cos / | O D .22;430 {O O
61;640 | / ft=s: (6)
Since vP is directed downw ard and to the right, the orientation of vP is tan1 . vP y =vPx /:
E E j j
Orientation of vP from x axis
E D tan1
ˇ rP sin C rrPP cos
D
ˇ 70:01ı
P
r cos sin
) E
Orientation of v from x axis D 70:01ı (cw), (7)
where, again, r D 21;000 ft, rP D 22;440 ft=s, and PD 2:935 rad=s.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.128
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, the unit vector ur always points toward O
O
P . The unit vector u is perpendicular to ur and points in the direction of O
increasing . The distance betwe en P and O is r so the position of P is
E D O
rP r ur . Applying the equation derived in Problem 2.122, we can write
aEP D rERP D rR uO r C 2!
Er rP uO r C !EP r rEP C !E r !Er rEP ; (1)
where ! Er is the angular velocity of ErP . Since the an gle describes the
orientation of rEP , we have that
!E r D P kO ; (2)
O
where k D u O r uO . Because the direction of k is fixed, !EP r D R kO . Hence, substituting rEP D r uO r and Eq. (2)
O
into Eq. (1) and simplifying, we have
E D .rR
aP P O C .r R C 2rP P / uO :
r 2 / ur (3)
where r D 21;000 ft, rP D 22;440 ft=s, P D 2:935 rad=s, rR D 187;500 ft=s , and R D
2
5:409 rad=s2 .
O r D cos {O C sin |O and uO D sin {O C cos |O , Eq. (3) becomes
Noting that u
aEP D rR r P 2 cos
r R C 2rPP sin {O C rR r P2 sin C r R C 2rPP cos |O
„ ƒ‚ aP x
… „ ƒ‚ apy
…
2
) aEP D . 6599 {O C 18;130 |O/ ft=s ; (5)
Since aEP is directed upward and to the left, the orientation of aEP is given by 180 ı tan1 .jaP y =aP x j/, i.e.,
rR r P2 sin C r R C 2rPP cos
Orientation of aEP from x axis D 180 ı tan1
rR r P2 cos r R C 2rPP sin
"ˇˇ ˇ#
) Orientation of aEP from x axis D 110:0ı .ccw/.
where D 40ı , r D 21;000 ft, rP D 22;440 ft=s, P D 2:935 rad=s, rR D 187;500 ft=s , and R D
2
2
5:409 rad=s .
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.131
The end B of a robot arm is being extended with the constant rate r 4 ft=s. PD
Knowing that PD
0:4 rad=s and is constant, use Eq. (2.48) and the equation
derived in Prob. 2.122 to determine the velocity and acceleration of B when
D
r 2 ft. Express your answer using the component system shown.
Solution
The position of point B relative to the fixed point O , can be expressed as r r ur . Differentiating r with ED O E
respect to time according to Eq. (2.48) on p. 81 of the textbook, gives the velocity of B as follows:
E D rP uO r C !E r r uO r ; vB (1)
where ! O
E r is the angular velocity of the vector rE. Letting k denote the unit vector perpendicular to the plane
of motion such that kO D u O r uO , and observing that the angle describes the orientation of the vector rE, we
have
!Er D P kO : (2)
Substituting Eq. (2) into Eq. (1) and carrying out the cross-prod uct, we have
E D rP uO r C P kO
vB O
r ur ) vEB D rP uO r C P r uO : (3)
Given that r 2 ft, r 4 ft=s, and 0:4 rad=s, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (3) to obtain
D PD PD
vEB D .4:000 uO r C 0:8000 uO / ft=s:
To obtain the acceleration of B , we compute the second time derivati ve of the position vector r E D r uO r using
the equation derived in Problem 2.122. This gives
E D rR uO r C 2!Er rP uO r C !PEr
aB O C !E r !Er
r ur O
r ur :
(4)
rR D 0; and R D 0: (6)
Using Eqs. (2), (5), and (6) we can simplify Eq. (4) to read
POaB P kO P kO r ur
2 k r ur ar r P 2 ur 2P r u :
(7)
E D PO C O ) ED
O C PO
Again, since r D 2 ft, rP D 4 ft=s, and P D 0:4 rad=s, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (7) for to obtain
2
aEB D . 0:3200 uO r C 3:200 uO / ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.132
The end B of a robot arm is moving vertically down with a constant speed
D
v0 2 m=s. Letting d D
1:5 m, apply Eq. (2.48) to determine the rate at which
r and are changing when 37 ı . D
Solution
Referring to the figure on the right, we begin by describing the position of point
O O
B relative to O using the . ur ; u / component system:
rEB D r uO r : (1)
P
The velocity of B is vEB D rEB . Then, using Eq. (2.48 ) on p. 81 of the textbook,
we have
vEB D rP uO r C !
E r r uO r ; (2)
where !E r is the angular velocity of the vector rEB . Since the vector rEB rotates
with the robotic arm, we have
!Er D P kO : (3)
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (2) we have
vB
E D rP uO r C P kO r ur
O ) vEB D rP uO r C P r uO : (4)
Since point B is moving downward along a vertical line with speed v 0 , using the . {; | / component system, OO
the velocity of B can also be described as follows:
E D
vB v 0 | : O (5)
E D
vB v0 .sin O C cos uO /:
ur (7)
Equating the second of Eqs. (4) and Eq. (5) component by component, we have
Recognizing that r cos D d , i.e., r D d = cos , we can solve Eqs. (8) for rP and P to obtain
v0 cos2
r v0 sin and : (9)
PD PD d
Finally, recalling that v 0 D 2 m=s, D 37 ı , and d D 1:5 m, Eqs. (9) can be evaluated to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.133
The end B of a robot arm is moving vertically down with a constant speed
v0 D
6 ft=s. Letting d D
4 ft, use Eq. (2.48) and the equation derived in
PPR
Prob. 2.122 to determine r , , r , and when 0 ı. R D
Solution
Referring to the figure on the right, the velocity is expressed both in terms of the
OO
.{; | / component system and using the component system . ur ; u / along with O O
Eq. (2.48) on p. 81 of the textbook. This gives
E D v0 |O and vE D rP uO r C P kO r uO r D rP uO r C P r uO :
v (1)
Substituting Eqs. (2) into the last of Eqs. (1) and collecting the {O and |O terms, we
have
v r cos r sin { r sin r cos | : (3)
E D P P O C P C P O
Equating the {O and |O components of velocity given by the first of Eqs. (1) and Eq. (3), and keeping in mind
that r D d = cos , we have
v 0
P D0
r and PD D 1:500 rad=s; (6)
d
aE D rR uO r C 2P kO rP uO r C R kO r uO r C P kO .P kO r uO r /
2
) aE D rR uO r C 2P rP uO C R r uO P r uO r :
Alternatively, differentiating Eq. (3) with respect to time and rearranging terms, the acceleration expressed in
the . {O; |O / component system is:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Collecting {O and |O terms, then substituting r D d , D 0 , and the expressions in Eqs. (6), we have
v02 R ˇ
aE D0 D rR {O C d |O :
ı
d
E
Since v is constant, a E D 0E, so that
v02
and R
r 0; 9:000 ft=s2
RD d D D
where, again we have used the fact that v 0 D 6 ft=s and d D 4 ft.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.134
A micro spiral pump consists of a spiral channel attached to a stationary plate. This plate has two ports,
one for fluid inlet and the other for outlet, the outlet being farther from the center of the plate than the
inlet. The system is capped by a rotating disk. The fluid trapped between the rotating disk and stationary
plate is put in motion by the rotation of the top disk, which pulls the fluid through the spiral channel. With
this in mind, consider a channel with geometry given by the equation r r0 , where 12 m is D C D
called the polar slope, r 0 D
146 m is the radius at the inlet, r is the distance from the spin axis, and ,
measured in radians, is the angular position of a point in the spiral channel. If the top disk rotates with a
constant angular speed ! D
30;000 rpm, and assuming that the fluid particles in contact with the rotating
disk
at r are170
Dessentially stuck the
m. Express to it, determine
answer usingthe
thevelocity and system
component acceleration
shown of(which
one such fluid with
rotates particle
the when it is
top disk).
Photo credit: “Design and Analysis of a Surface Micromachined Spiral-Channel Viscous Pump,” by M. I. Kilani, P. C. Galambos, Y. S. Haik,
C. H. Chen, Journal of Fluids Engineering, Vol. 125, pp. 339–344, 2003.
Solution
Referring to the problem’s figure, we focus our attention on a single fluid particle moving along the channel.
O
The unit vector ur always points from the srcin of the coordinate system to the particle so that the position
of the particle is r ED O
r ur , where r is the distance of the particle from the spin axis. Using Eq. (2.48) on
p. 81 of the textbook, we can express the velocity of a particle as
E D rP uO r C !E rE;
v (1)
where ! ED PO
k , with PD 30;000 260
rad=s, is the angular velocity of r . Recalling that r E D C r0, Eq. (1)
can be rewritten as
where we have used the fact that kO uO r D uO . Solving r D C r 0 for we find that D .r r0 /=.
Recalling that r 0 D 146 m and D 12 m, for r D 170 m, D 2:000 rad. Hence, given that P D
1000 rad=s, we can evaluate vE in the last of Eqs. (2) to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
O O
Observing that both ur and u rotate with angular velocity ! E D P kO , applying Eq. (2.46) on p. 81 of the
textbook, we have
ur PO D P O O D P O
k u r u and u OP D P kO uO D P uO r :
(4)
Substituting Eqs. (4) into Eq. (3), with R D 0 because P is constant, we have
aE D P 2 . C r0 / uO r C 2P 2 uO :
(5)
Recalling that, for r D 170 m, D 2:000 rad, and recalling that r0 D 146 m, D 12 m, and
P D 30;000 260 rad=s, we can evaluate aE to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.135
A disk rotates about its center, which is the fixed point O . The disk has
a straight channel whose centerline passes by O and within which a collar
A is allowed to slid e. If, when A passes by O , the speed of A relative to
the channel is v D
14 m=s and is increasing in the direction shown with a
rate of 5 m=s2 , determine the acceleration of A given that ! 4 rad=s and D
is constant. Express the answer using the component system shown, which
rotates with the disk. Hint: Apply the equation derived in Prob. 2.122 to the
vector describing the position of A relative to O and then let r 0. D
Solution
E
Let rA be the position of A relative to the fixed point O . Using the . {; | / component system, r can be written OO E
as
rA r | : E D O (1)
E r is the angular veloci ty of the vector rE. When A is at O , rE D 0E so that Eq. (2) can be simplified to
where !
2
Recalling that rP D v D 14 m=s, rR D 5 m=s , and ! D 4 rad=s, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (5) to
obtain
E
aA
ˇ r D0
D. 112:0 { O C 5:000 |O/ m=s : 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.137
Solution
Using the component system shown, the position of the child is r r ur , where r is the distance from the ED O
O
spin axis and ur is the unit vector always pointing fro m the srcin of the system towar d the child. Using the
equation derived in Problem 2.122, we can express the acceleration of the child takes in the following form:
since the direction of the unit vector kO remains fixed. Recalling that rE D r uO r , and substituting Eqs. (2) into
Equation (3) shows that the component of the accelerati on in the direction of u O q is
aq D .2! rP C !r/:
P (4)
Hence, in order for the child not to experience sideways acceleration, we must have
2! r P C !rP D 0:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.138
The mechanism shown is called a swinging block slider crank. First used in various steam locomotive
engines in the 1800s, this mechanism is often found in door-closing systems. If the disk is rotating with
a constant angular velocity 60 rpm, H PD
4 ft, R D D
1:5 ft, and r is the distance between B and O ,
P
compute r and when P
90 ı . Hint: Apply Eq. (2.48) to the vector describ ing the position of B relative
D
to O .
Solution
We can express the velocity of B in two ways. First, as the time derivative of the position vector rB=A and E
E
second as the time derivative of the position vector rB=O . Referring to the figure in the problem statement,
we can express these two position vectors as follows:
E D R uOB=A
rB=A and E
rB=O D r uO S ; (1)
where, as given the problem statement, r is the distance between B and O , and where we observe that the
angular velocities of the unit vector in the above equations are
!uO B=A
E D P kO and !uO S
E D P kO: (2)
Hence, observing that R P D 0 since R is a constant, using Eq. (2.48) on p. 81 of the textbook, we have
vEB D rEPB=A D P kO R uO B=A and vEB D rEPB=O D rP uO S P kO r uO S :
(3)
R2 C H 2
.R {O C H |O/ C H P {O PO
R | : (5)
E
Equating the two above expressions for vB component by component, we have
O W pR2rP RC H 2 C H P D 0;
{ (6)
rP H
|O W p R P D R P : (7)
R2 C H 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Equations (6) and (7) form a system of two equations in the two unknowns r and (at P P D 90ı) whose
solution is
P
RH ˇ P R2 ˇ P
P
r D90 D pR 2 C H 2 and D90
ı
D R CH
2 2
: (8) ı
Recalling that we have P D 60 rpm D 60.2 =60/ rad=s, H D 4 ft, R D 1:5 ft, we can evaluate the quantities
in Eqs. (8) to obtain
P
r
ˇ D90
ı
D 8:825 ft=s and P ˇ
D90 ı
D 0:7746 rad=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.139
A sprinkler essentially consists of a pipe AB mounted on a hollow shaft. The water comes in the pipe
at O and goes out the nozzles at A and B , causing the pipe to rotate. Assume that the particle s of water
move through the pipe at a constant rate relative to the pipe of 5 ft=s and that the pipe AB is rotating
at a constant angular velocity of 250 rpm. In all cases, express the answers using the right-handed and
orthogonal component system shown.
Determine the acceleration of the water particles when they are at d=2 from O (still within the
horizontal portion of the pipe). Let d 7 in: D
Solution
E D r uO B :
rP (1)
where the angular velocity of the arm is also the angular velocity of the vector rP as well as that of the unit E
O
vector uB . Differentiating Eq. (2) with respect to time, we have
E D rR uO B C rP uPO B C !EP
aP O C !E rP uO B C !E
r uB PO
r uB : (3)
P
In Eqs. (2) and (3), r denotes the rate at which the water particles move relati ve to the arm. Therefore
PD
r RD ED O D
5 ft=s and r 0 . Also, ! ! k , where ! 250 rpm is constant. In addition, using Eq. (2.46) on p. 81
of the textbook, we have that uBPO D O O
! k uB . Therefore, Eq. (3) can be simplified to
Recalling that rP D 5 ft=s and ! D 250 rpm D 250.2 =60/ rad=s, for r D d =2, where d D 7 in: D .7=12/ ft,
we can evaluate the above expression to obtain
E D.
aP 261:8 uC O 199:9 uB / ft=s2 :
O
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.140
A sprinkler essentially consists of a pipe AB mounted on a hollow shaft. The water comes in the pipe
at O and goes out the nozzles at A and B , causing the pipe to rotate. Assume that the particle s of water
move through the pipe at a constant rate relative to the pipe of 5 ft=s and that the pipe AB is rotating
at a constant angular velocity of 250 rpm. In all cases, express the answers using the right-handed and
orthogonal component system shown.
Determine the acceleration of the water particles right before they are expelled at B . Let d 7 in:, D
ˇ 15 ı , and L 2 in: Hint: In this case, the vector describing the positio n of a water particle at B goes
D D
from O to B and is best written as r rB uB r´ k . ED O C O
Solution
E D Œd
rP .L `/ cos ˇ ç uB O C ` sin ˇ kO: (1)
P̀ O
where we have used the fact that , ! , d , L , ˇ , and k are constant. Using Eq. (2.46) on p. 81 of the textbook
PO B D ! kO uO B D ! uO C and uPO C D ! kO uO C D ! uO B , we can rewrite aEP as
again to write u
aP 2! `P cos ˇ uC ! 2 Œd .L `/ cos ˇ ç uB :
(5)
Recalling that P̀ D 5 ft=s, !E DD250 rpm D 250.2 O =60/ rad=s, ˇ D 15ı, and O d D 7 in: D .7=12/ ft, for
` D L D 2 in: D .2=12/ ft, we can evaluate the above expression to obtain
2
aEP D . 252:9 uO C 399:8 uO B / ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.141
Solution
The speed is constant. This tells us that there is no component of acceleration in the direction of velocity.
Therefore, the angle between v and a must be 90 ı . E E
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.142
A particle P is moving along a path with the velocity sho wn. Is the sketch of the normal-tangential
component system at P correct?
Solution
O
No, the unit vector u t must point in the direction of v . E
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.143
A particle P is moving along a path with the velocity sho wn. Is the sketch of the normal-tangential
component system at P correct?
Solution
O
No, the unit vector un must point toward the concave side of the curve.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.144
A particle P is moving along a straight line with the velocity and acceleration show n. What is wrong with
the unit vectors shown in the figure?
Solution
O
The unit vector un is not defined for a straight line.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.145
A particle P is moving along some path with the velocity and acceleration shown. Can the path of P be
the straight line shown?
Solution
No, because the path is straig ht. It would need to be curved with a tangent at P coincident with u t and O
concavity on the side of un . O
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.146
The water jet of a fountain is let out at a speed v 0 D 80 ft=s and at an angle ˇ D 60ı. Determine the radius
of curvature of the jet at its highest point.
Solution
The tangent to the trajectory of the water jet at the highest point is horizo ntal. Therefore, the velocity at
the highest point is completely horizontal and the normal direction coincides with the direction of gravity.
We model the motion of the jet as projectile motion. This implies that the water particles have constant
acceleration equal to the acceleration of gravity. In addition, the horizontal component of the velocity of the
water particles is constant and therefore equal to the value it has when the jet is first emitted by the nozzle,
namely, v 0 cos ˇ . Since at the highest point the acceleration, which is due to gravity, is along the normal
direction, we have
2
an D v D g and at D 0; (1)
where v is the speed of the water particles at the highest point on the trajectory. We have already argued that
at the point in question the velocity vector is parallel to the horizontal direction. Therefore we must have
v D v0 cos ˇ: (2)
Substituting Eq. (2) into the first of Eqs. (1) and solving for , we have
v02 cos 2 ˇ
D g
: (3)
Recalling that v 0 D 80 ft=s, ˇ D 60ı and g D 32:2 ft=s , we can evaluate Eq. (3) to obtain
2
D 49:69 ft:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.147
Solution
where v is the speed, is the radius of curvatu re of the path, and where u t and un are the unit vectors tangent O O
and normal to the trajectory, respectively. We have
2 2
aE D vrgg uO n ) jEaj D vrgg : (3)
Recalling that v g D 1:008 104 ft=s and r g D 1:385 108 ft, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (3) to obtain
2
jEaj D 0:7336 ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.148
Solution
O O
where the unit vectors u t and un are tangent and perpendicu lar to the path, respectiv ely. Therefore, the
magnitude of the acceleration is
Solving the above equation for vP and recalling that vP > 0 because the car is increasing its speed, we have
s v 2 2
vP D jEaj2
: (3)
2
Recalling that a jEj D 4:5 m=s , v D 35 km=h D 35.1000=3600/ m=s, and D 30 m, we can evaluate Eq. (3)
to obtain
2
v P D 3:213 m=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.149
Solution
2
aE D vP uO t C v uO n; (1)
O O
where the unit vectors u t and un are tangent and perpendicu lar to the path, respectiv ely. Therefore, the
magnitude of the acceleration is
2 2
jEaj D vP 2 C v : s (2)
2
Recalling that vP D 8 ft=s , v D 25 mph D 25.5280=3600/ ft=s, and D 100 ft, we can evaluate Eq. (2) to
obtain
2
jEaj D 15:64 ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.150
Making the same assumptions stated in Example 2.15, consider the map of the Formula 1 circuit at
Hockenheim in Germany and estimate the radius of curvature of the curves Südkurve and Nordkurve (at
the locations indicate d in gold).
Solution
As was done in Example 2.15 on p. 95 of the textbook, we assume that by lateral G -force the Federation
Internationale de l’Automobil e (FiA) that compiled the map in the problem statement really meant to provide
a measurement of the acceleration norma l to the path of the racing cars expressed in “units of g ,” where g is
the acceleration due to gravity. With this in mind, at the Südkurve the car is traveling at a speed of 150 km=h
with an acceleration of 3:5g . Therefore, denoting by Südkurve the radius of curvatu re of the Südkurve, we
must have
2
150 1000 2
3600 m =s
a n Südkurve D v Südkurve
Südkurve
) Südkurve D 3:5.9:81 m=s2 /
) Südkurve D 50:56 m.
Similarly, at the Nordkurve the car is traveling at a speed of 200 km=h with an acceleration of 3:4g . Therefore,
denoting by Nordkurve the radius of curvature of the Nordkurve, we have
2 1000 2
vNordkurve 200 = 3600 m s
a n Nordkurve D Nordkurve ) Nordkurve D 3:4.9:81 = / m s2 ) Nordkurve D 92:54 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.152
An aerobatics plane initiates the basic loop maneuver such that, at the bottom of the loop, the plane is going
140 mph, while subjecting the plane to approximately 4g of acceleration. Estimate the corresponding
radius of the loop.
Solution
O
where v is the speed of the airplane, u t is the unit vector tangent to the path, un is the unit vector normal to O
the path, and is the radius of curvat ure of the path. The change in speed as the airplane init iates the loop
maneuver is negligible, so that, right at the beginning of the maneuver, we can simplify Eq. (1) to
2
E D v uO n:
a (2)
2
Recalling that v D 140 mph D 140.5280=3600/ ft=s and g D 32:2 ft=s , we can evaluate to obtain
D 327:3 ft:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.153
The portion of a race track between points A (corresponding to x 0 ) and B is part of a parabolic curve D
described by the equation y x 2 , where is a constant. Let g denote the acceleration due to gravity.
D
Determine such that a car driving at constant speed v 0 180 mph experiences at A an acceleration D
with magnitude equal to 1:5g .
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, at point A the tangent and normal
directions to the trajectory coincide with the x and the y axes, respectively.
The expression of the acceleration in normal-tangential components is
2
aE D vP uO t C v uO n; (1)
where v is the speed and is the radius of curvature. Since the speed is constant and equal to v 0 , we have
that v PD
0 and Eq. (1) reduces to
2
E D v0 uO n:
a (2)
2 v02
aED O
un : (4)
1 C .2 x/23=2
Recalling that a jEj D 1:5g for x D 0, from Eq. (4) we have
2 v02 D 1:5g D 32 g ) D 4v3g2 : (5)
0
Recalling that g 32:2 ft=s2 and v0 180 mph 180.5280=3600/ ft=s, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (5)
to obtain D D D
3
D 0:3465 10 ft1 :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.154
The portion of a race track between points A (corresponding to x 0 ) and B is part of a parabolic curve D
described by the equation y x 2 , where is a constant. Let g denote the acceleration due to gravity.
D
If 0:4103 ft1 , determine d such that a car driving at constant speed v0 180 mph experiences
D D
at B an acceleration with magnitude equal to g .
Solution
where v is the speed and is the radius of curvatu re. Since the speed is
constant and equal to v 0 , v PD
0 and Eq. (1) reduces to
2
E D v0 uO n:
a (2)
2 3=2 2 3=2
D 1 Cd.dy=dx/
ˇ
2 y=dx 2
) ˇ D 1 C .22x/ ; (3)
2 v02 1
s 2 v02
2=3
1 C .2 d /
Dg )
2 3=2
d D 2 g
1: (4)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.155
The portion of a race track between points A (corresponding to x 0 ) and B is part of a parabolic curve D
described by the equation y x 2 , where is a constant. Let g denote the acceleration due to gravity.
D
Suppose a car travels from A to B with a constant speed v 0 180 mph. Let a min and a max denote D jEj jEj
the minimum and maximum values of the magnitude of the acceleration, respectively. Determine a min if jE j
d D1200 ft and a max 1:5g . jEj D
Solution
where v is the speed and is the radius of curvatu re. Since the speed is
constant and equal to v 0 , v PD
0 and Eq. (1) reduces to
2
a E D v0 uO n: (2)
2 3=2 2 3=2
D 1 Cd.dy=dx/
ˇ
2 y=dx 2
) ˇ D 1 C .22x/ ; (3)
2 v02 2 v02
aED 2 3=2
O
un ) jEaj D : (4)
1 C .2 x/
1 C .2 x/23=2
From the last of Eqs. (4) we see that the magnitude of the acceleration is maximum at for x D 0, i.e., at A
and becomes smaller as x increases. This implies that, for 0 x d ,
2 v02
jEaj D
min and jEaj D 2 v02:
max (5)
1 C .2 d /2 3=2
Setting a jEj
from the last of Eqs. (5) equal to the specified maximu m value of 1:5g , we have
max
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Substituting the last of Eqs. (6) into the first of Eqs. (5), we then have that
3g
jEaj D
min " # 2 3=2
; (7)
3gd
2 1 C 2v02
2
Recalling that g D 32:2 ft=s , d D 1200 ft, and v 0 D 180 mph D 180.5280=3600/ ft=s, we can evaluate
Eq. (7) to obtain
2
jEaj D 21:95 ft=s :
min
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.159
3 3
Solution
O
where v is the speed of the airplane, u t is the unit vector tangent to the path in the direction of motion, un is O
the unit vector normal to the path and pointing toward the concave side of the path, and is the radius of
curvature of the path. Since the speed is constant, v 0 and Eq. (1) simplifies to PD
2
E D v uO n;
a (2)
2
Recalling that v D v 0 D 750 mph D 750.5280=3600/ ft=s and g D 32:2 ft=s , we have
D 4175 ft:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.160
Particles A and B are moving in the plane with the same constant speed v , and their
paths are tangent at P . Do these particles hav e zero acceleration at P ? If not, do
these particles have the same acceleration at P ?
Solution
Without
curve hadknowledge of the
zero curvature at curvatur e for
P , then the the two curves
acceleration of theitparticles
is not possible to answer
at P would the to
be equal question. If each
zero because the
particles are moving with constant speed . If the two curves at P had the same nonzero curvature, then the
acceleration of the two particles at P would be the same. If the curves had differ ent nonzero curv ature at P ,
then the accelerations of the two particles would be different.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.161
Uranium is used in light water reactors to produce a controlled nuclear reaction for the generation of power.
When first mined, uranium comes out as the oxide U 3 O8 , 0.7% of which is the isotope U-235 and 99.3%
the isotope U-238. For it to be used in a nuclear reactor, the concentration of U-235 must be in the 3–5%
range. The process of increasin g the percentage of U-235 is called enrichment, and it is done in a number
of ways. One method uses centrifuges, which spin at very high rates to create artificial gravity. In these
centrifuges, the heavy U-238 atoms concentrate on the outside of the cylinder (where the acceleration is
largest), and the lighter U-235 atoms concentrate near the spin axis. Before centrifuging, the uranium is
processed into gaseous uranium hexafluoride or UF 6 , which is then injected into the centrifuge. Assuming
that the radius of the centrifuge is 20 cm and that it spins at 70;000 rpm, determine
(a) The velocity of the outer surfa ce of the centrifu ge.
(b) The acceleration in g experienced by an atom of uranium that is on the inside of the outer wall of the
centrifuge.
Solution
Part (a). Since the speed v and the angular speed ! are related as v D !, we have that the speed of points
on the outer surface of the centrifuge is
where we have used the fact that ! D 70;000 rpm D 70;000.2=60/ rad=s and D 20 cm D 0:2000 m.
Part (b). Under the assumpt ion that the centrifug e is spinning with a constant angula r speed, the only
component of acceleration of a point on the wall of the centrifuge will be the normal component. Hence, the
acceleration experienced by an atom at the inside outer wall of the centrifuge is
2 2 2
an D v D .!g/ g D !g g ) E D 1:096
a 10
6
O
g un ,
O
where the unit vector un always points from a point on the periphery of the centrifuge toward the center of the
centrifuge, and where we have used the expression of v in Eq. (1) along with the fact that ! 70;000 rpm D D
D
70;000.2=60/ rad=s, 20 cm 0:2000 m, and g 9:81 m=s2 .
D D
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.162
Treating the center of the Earth as a fixed point, determine the magnitude of the
acceleration of points on the surface of the earth as a function of the angle
shown. Use R D
6371 km as the radius of the Earth.
Solution
Let ! denote the angular speed of the Earth. Since the Earth undergoe s one full revolution per day, the
angular speed ! is given by
! D 11 day
rev
D .24 h2/.3600
rad
s=h/
D 43;200 rad =s: (1)
Let denote the distance between the point indicated on the figure and the axis of rotation of the Earth, i.e., a
point on the surface of the Earth characterized by the angle between the equator and the axis of rotation of
the Earth. Then, we have we
R cos : D (2)
Next we observe that under the assumption that the angular speed of the Earth is constant, the only component
of the accelerati on of the point in question is the normal component. Hence, we must have
v2
a a !2 R! 2 cos : (3)
jE j D D D n D
Recalling that R D 6371 km D 6;371;000 m, using the value of ! in Eq. (1), Eq. (3) can be evaluated to
obtain
ˇ Eˇ D
a .33:69 103 cos / m=s2 :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.163
Solution
O O
where the unit vectors u t and un are parallel and normal to the path, respectively. At the bottom of the loop,
we have
ut { and un | : O DO O DO (2)
Substituting Eqs. (2) into Eq. (1), and recalling that at the start of the loop v D v0, we have
2
E D vP {O C v0 |O:
a (3)
2
Recalling that v P D 20 ft=s , v0 D 150 mph D 150.5280=3600/ ft=s, and D 2000 ft, we can evaluate
Eq. (3) to obtain
2
E D .20:00 {O C 24:20 |O/ ft=s :
a
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.165
Solution
where the unit vectors uO t and uO n are parallel and normal to the path, respectively.
Letting s D 0 correspond to v D v 0 , recalling that vP is constant, and using the
chain rule, we can write
vP D v dv ) v dv D vP ds )
Z v
v dv D
Z s
P
v ds ) v2 D v02 C 2vPs: (2)
ds v0 0
Referring to the figure at the right of Eq. (1), we now observe that we can provide the solution to the problem
by evaluating Eq. (3) for s D
150 ft as long as we are able to express u t and un for s 150 ft in terms of { O O D O
O
and | . To do so, we observe that
O D cos {O C sin |O
ut and O D
un sin O C cos |O :
{ (4)
Substituting Eqs. (4) into Eq. (3) we can then express the acceleration of the airplane as follows:
Equation (5) implies that we will be able to provide the answer to the problem once we express as a function
of the path coordinate s . To this end, we observe that
s
s D ) D : (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
2
E D .17:91 {O C 28:62 |O/ ft=s :
a
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.166
Solution
E D a t uO t C an uO n;
a (1)
O O
where u t and un are the unit vectors tangent and normal to the path, respectively, and where, letting v denote
the speed of the car,
2
at D vP and an D v ; (2)
where is the radius of curv ature of the path. The first of Eqs. (2) impl ies that the chan ge in speed is
completely due to the tangential acceleration. Since this component of acceleration is assumed to be constant,
the speeds at A and B are related via the following constant acceleration equation:
2
vB 2
vA D 2at .sB sA / ) at D 2.svB2B vA
2
sA /
: (3)
The expression for the speed in terms of arc length s can be found again using constant acceleration equations,
i.e.,
2 v2
v 2 .s/ D vA2 C 2a t .s sA / ) v 2 .s/ D vA2 C vsBB A
sA
.s sA /: (4)
ED ft s2 ft s2 s2
a
18:96 = uO C 69:91 = 0:2917 s uO :
t n
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.167
Solution
where v is the speed of the car and is the radius of curvature of the path. To solve the problem, we need
P
to express both v and v as a function of s . We are told that the quantity dv=ds is constant. We begin by
determining this constant, which we denote by K . Since K D
dv=ds we can separate the variables s and v
as follows:
dv D K ds )
Z vB
dv D
Z sB
K ds ) vB vA D K.sB sA / ) K D vsBB vA
: (2)
vA sA sA
Now that K is known, we repeat the integration process using generic upper limits of integration, that is,
dv D K ds )
Z v
dv D
Z s
K ds ) v vA D K.s sA /: (3)
vA sA
v D vA C vsBB vA
sA
.s sA /: (4)
P
To determine v as a function of s , we use the chain rule to write
P D dv
dt
) vP D dv ds
v
ds dt
) vP D v dv ds
: (5)
We know observe that v is given in Eq. (4) and dv=ds D K is given in the last of Eqs. (2). Using these
consideration, we can go back to Eq. (1) and rewrite it as follows:
2
C vsBB vA
v B vA
O C 1 vA C vsBB vsAA .s sA/ uO n:
ED
a
sA
vA
sB sA
.s sA /
ut(6)
Recalling that vA D 65 mph D 65.5280=3600/ ft=s, vA D 25 mph D 25.5280=3600/ ft=s, D 130 ft,
sA D 0 , sB D =2 D 65 ft, we can write Eq. (6) as follows:
aE D
27:39 ft=s C 0:08254 s s uO t
2 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.168
A water jet is ejected from the nozzle of a fountain with a speed v 0 12 m=s. D
Letting ˇ 33ı , determine the rate of change of the speed of the water
D
particles as soon as these are ejected as well as the corresponding radius of
curvature of the water path.
Solution
Using the normal-tangent ial component system shown in the figure at the right,
we can express the acceleration of a water particle as it is emitted from the
nozzle as follows:
2
aE D vP uO t C v uO n; (1)
where v D O
v 0 is the speed of the particle as it leaves the nozzle, u t is the unit vector tangent to the path, un O
is the unit vector normal to the path, and is the radius of curvature of the path. We assume that, as soon as a
water particle leaves the nozzle, its motion is that of a projectile subjected only to the acceleration due to
gravity. Therefore, the acceleration in question must be equal to
v0 2
vPD g sin ˇ and D g cos ˇ
; (3)
2
vPD 5:343 m=s and D 17:50 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.169
A water jet is ejected from the nozzle of a fountain with a speed v 0 . Letting ˇ D 21ı, determine v0 so that
the radius of curvature at the highest point on the water arch is 10 ft.
Solution
The water particles are in projectile motion after they are emitted
from the nozzle. Therefore, their acceleration is vertically downward
and equal to the acceleration due to gravity. At the highest point on
the water arch the vertical component of the velocity of the water
particles is equal to zero. As is the case in projectile motion, the
horizontal component is constant and therefore equal to the value at
the beginning of the motion, namely, v 0 cos ˇ . Because this component of velocity is positive and it is the
only nonzero component at the instant considered, v 0 cos ˇ is also the value of the speed:
v D v0 cos ˇ:
Recalling that speed and radius of curvature are related through the relation a n v 2 = and observing that at D
the highest point on the water arch the normal direction coincides with the direction of gravity, we have that
an g , which implies
D 2 2 2ˇ r
g D v ) g D v0 cos ) v0 D g
cos2 ˇ
) v0 D 19:22 ft=s,
where we have used ˇ D 21ı, g D 32:2 ft=s , and D 10 ft. 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.170
Solution
where v is the speed of the car, is the radius of curvature of the path, and
O O
u t and un are the unit vectors tangent and normal to the path, respectively.
The speed of the car is constant and equal to v 0 . Therefore, Eq. (1) simplifies to
2
E D v0 uO n:
a (2)
If the car were to lose contact with the ground, the car would be in projectile motion and its acceleration
would be equal to that due to gravity. At the top of the hill the tangent to the path is horizontal and the normal
direction coincides with that of gravity. Therefore, in view of Eq. (2), at the top of the hill we would have
v2 v2
a
E D g uO n ) g D
0 ) D g:
0 (3)
2
Recalling that v 0 D 65 mph D 65.5280=3600/ ft=s and g D 32:2 ft=s , we can evaluate to obtain
D 282:2 ft:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.171
A car is traveling at a constant speed over a hill. If, using a Cartesian coordinate system with srcin O
at the top of the hill, the hill’s profile is described by the function y .0:003 m 1 /x 2 , where x and D
y are in meters, determine the minimum speed at which the car would lose contact with the ground at
the top of the hill. Express the answer in km =h.
Solution
where v is the speed of the car, is the radius of curvature of the path, and
O O
u t and un are the unit vectors tangent and normal to the path, respectively.
For a car moving at constant speed, Eq. (1) simplifies to
2
E D v uO n:
a (2)
We will denote by v min the minimum speed at which the car loses contact with the ground. If v were to
exceed v min , the car would be in projectile motion and its acceleration would be equal to that due to gravity.
At the top of the hill the tangent to the path is horizontal and the normal direction coincides with that of
gravity. Therefore, in view of Eq. (2), for v D
v min , at the top of the hill, i.e., for x 0 , we would have D
v2 min
p
aE D g uO n ) g D jx D 0 ) vmin D g jx D 0 : (3)
Recalling that the profile of the hill is y D .0:003 m 1 /x 2 , and recalling that
2 3=2
1 C .dy=dx /
D ˇ d 2 y=dx 2
ˇ ; (4)
we have 2 3=2
m x 2 1
.x/ D 1 C 0:006000
0:006000 m
) 1
1
D 0:006000 m
: .0/ 1
(5)
2
Substituting the last of Eqs. (5) into the last of Eqs. (3) and recalling that g D 9:81 m=s , we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.173
A race boat is traveling at a constant speed v 0 130 mph when it performs a turn D
with constant radius to change its course by 90 ı as shown. The turn is performed
while losing speed uniformly in time so that the boat’s speed at the end of the turn is
vf D116 mph. If the magnitude of the acceleration is not allowed to exceed 2g , where
g is the acceleration due to gravity, determine the tightest radius of curvatur e possible
and the time needed to complete the turn.
Solution
Using normal tangentia l components, the accelerat ion of the boat is given by
a E D a t uO t C an uO n; (1)
O O
where u t and un are unit vectors tangent and normal to the path. Denoting by min the minimum value of the
radius of curvature, a n is given by
2
an D v min
; (2)
where v is the speed of the boat. The tangential acceleration a t is constant. Therefore, applying constant
acceleration equations, we have
vf2 v02 D 2 at .sf s0 / ) vf2 v02 D 2at min ; (3)
2
where sf s0 D
. =2/min is the distance covered by the boat along its path while performing the turn.
Solving the above equation for a t , we obtain
vf2 v02
at D min
: (4)
The magnitude of the acceleration must not exceed the value 2g . Recalling that a jEj D
q a2t C an2, we can
2
write a n C a2t D 4g 2, which, using Eqs. (2) and (4), gives
2 v2 2 r
v04
v
2
C f
D 2g1 v04 C 12 vf2 v022:
2 2
0
D 4g 2 ) (5)min
min min
Recalling that v 0 D 130 mph D 130.5280=3600/ ft=s, vf D 116 mph D 116.5280=3600/ ft=s, and g D
32:2 ft=s2 , we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (5) to obtain
tf t0 D 2g.vfC v0/
r v04 C 12 vf2 v02
2
) tf D 4:926 s,
2
where we have used fact that g D 32:2 ft=s , v0 D 130 mph D 130.5280=3600/ ft=s, and vf D 116 mph D
116.5280=3600/ ft=s.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.174
A truck enters an exit ramp with an initial speed v 0 . The ramp is a circul ar arc
with radius . Derive an expression for the magnitude of the acceleration of the
truck as a function of the path coordinate s (and the parameters v 0 and ) if the
truck stops at B and travels from A to B with a constant rate of change of the
speed with respect to s .
Solution
where v is the speed of the truck, is the radius of curvature of the path, and where u t and un are the unit O O
vectors tangent and normal to the path, respectively. The problem statement states that the quantity dv=ds is
constant. Letting denote the constant in question, we can then write
D dv=ds ) ds D d v: (2)
Keeping in mind that the truck moves along a circular arc of radius , let sA 0 and sB =2 be the D D
values of the path coordinate s at A and B , respectively. Also, let vA v0 and vB 0 be the values of D D
D
speed for s
ZD
sA and s sB , respectively. Then, we can integrate the last of Eqs. (2) as follows:
=2
ds D
Z 0
dv ) 1
D v 0 ) D 2v0
:
2
(3)
0 v0
Now let v be the value of speed corresponding to the generic value s of the path coordinate. Then, substituting
the last of Eqs. (3) into the last of Eqs. (2), we can integrate again as follows:
Z s
2v0
ds D
Z v
dv )
2v0
s Dv v0 ) v D v0
2v0
s: (4)
0 v0
P D dv D dv ds
) vP D dv 2v0 2v0
v v ) vP D v0 s ; (5)
dt ds dt ds
where we have used the expression for v in the last of Eqs. (4), as well as the expression for dv=ds in p D
the last of Eqs. (3). Referring to Eq. (1), we have that a v 2 .v 2 =/2 . Therefore, using the last of
jEj D P C
Eqs. (4) and the last of Eqs.(5), after simplificati on, we have
s 4v
2 2
jEaj D 1 2v0 2v0
0
v0
s
2
C v0
s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
8g
C avt 0tf D 2 :
ln 1 (7)
at
Because a t is constant, we must have a t D .vf v0 /=tf , which, upon substituting into Eq. (7), gives
8gtf
C vf v0 v .vf v0 /
vf v0
ln 1
0
D 2 ) tf D 16g ln.vf =v 0 /
: (8)
Recalling that g D 9:81 m=s2 , vf D 800 km=h D 800.1000=3600/ m=s, and v0 D 1100 km=h D
1100.1000=3600/ m=s, from the last of Eqs. (8) we have
tf D 5:238 s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.176
x
C 2 x 2 dx C 2x 2 C 2C1 ln 2 2
ZpC D pC 1
2
1
C x C p1 C C x :
Solution
where v is the speed of the car, is the radius of curvature of the path, and
where u t and un are the unit vectors tangent and normal to the path, respectiv ely. Let t 0 0 the time at
which v v 0 and tf the time at which the car arrives at O . Using the path coordinate s (see figure at the
OD O
right), we denote by d D
sf s0 the distance traveled between t 0 and tf . Since a t v is constant, we can DP D
apply constant acceleration equations to write
d D v0tf C 12 at tf2 ) tf D
1
v0 ˙
q v02 C 2a t d
: (2)
at
1 :
tf D v0 v02 C 2a t d (3)
at
q
All the quantities in Eq. (3) are known except for d , which is one of the unknowns of the problem. Hence,
we now determine d and then we will use Eq. (3) to determine tf . One way to obtain d is to realize that
d D
Z sf
ds : (4)
s0
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
d D
ZD p C
xf
1 C 2 x 2 dx
D
) d D
x p
1 C C 2x2 C 2C1 ln C x C
pC 1 C 2x 2
xf
x0 2 x0
) d D
x0
qC1 C 2 x02
1
ln C x0
q
C C 1
C 2 x02 ; (7)
2 2C
where we have accounted for the fact that xf D 0. Substituting the last of Eqs. (7) into Eq. (3), we have
1
( s x q C x C q1 C C x ) :
tf D
at
v0 C v02 2a t
2
0
1 C C 2x02 C 2C1 ln 0
2 2
0 (8)
Recalling that x 0 D
300 ft, v 0 D
70 mph 70.5280=3600/ ft=s, C D D 0:001000 ft , and a t D 1
3 ft=s2 ,
we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (7) and Eq. (8) to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.177
Solution
Equation (2.59) on p. 93 of the textbook tells us that, given a curve of the form y .x /, where x and y are D
Cartesian coordinates, then the radius of curvature of the curve as a function of x is
2 3=2
D Œ1 Cd.dy=dx/
ˇ
2 y=dx 2
ç
ˇ : (1)
To solve the problem we need to determine the quantities dy=dx and d 2 y=dx 2 for a circle. To do so, we start
from the given equatio n for a circle with center at the srcin and radius R , i.e., x 2 y 2 R 2 . Differentiating C D
this expression with respect to x , we have
dy dy x
2x C 2y dx D0 ) dx
D
y
: (2)
2 2 2 2
d y D 1 C yx2 dx
dy ) d y D x Cy ; (3)
dx 2 y dx 2 y3
where we have used the last of Eqs. (2) to obtain the last of Eqs. (3). Substituting the last of Eqs. (2) and the
last of Eqs. (3) into Eq. (1), we have
2 23=2
D 1 Cx2x C=yy 2 y 3 ) D x x2CCy y 2
ˇ ˇˇˇ 2 23=2
ˇ ˇ ˇˇ y3
y3
ˇˇ ) D
x 2
x2
y2
ˇ CC ˇ
y2
3=2
: (4)
3
D RR2 ) D R. (5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.178
A particle P is moving along a path with the velocity sho wn. Discuss in detail whether or not there are
incorrect elements in the sketch of the polar component system at P .
Solution
O O
The unit vectors ur and u are both incorrect. The unit vector ur must be oriented along the radial line r O
O
and point away from the srcin. The unit vector u must be oriented perpendicular to ur and pointing in the O
direction of increasing .
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.179
A particle P is moving along a path with the velocity sho wn. Discuss in detail whether or not there are
incorrect elements in the sketch of the polar component system at P .
Solution
O
Since u is perpendicula r to the radial line connecting P to O and it is directed in the direction of increasing
O O
, the unit vector u is oriented correctly. The unit vector ur is parallel to the radial line connect ing P to O ,
but it is pointing toward O and this is incorrect.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.180
A particle P is moving along a path with the velocity sho wn. Discuss in detail whether or not there are
incorrect elements in the sketch of the polar component system at P .
Solution
O O
The unit vector ur is oriented correctly, but u must be oriented opposite to the direction shown.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.181
A particle P is moving along a circle with cente r C and radius R in the direction shown. Letting O be the
srcin of a polar coordinate system with the coordinates r and shown, discuss in detail whether or not
there are incorrect elements in the sketch of the polar component system at P .
Solution
O O
Both ur and u are oriented as they should be.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.182
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, the unit vector { described the O
direction of the airplane. Hence, we can give the following form to
E
the velocity v of the airplane:
E D v 0 {O:
v (1)
Using the polar component system with unit vectors ur and u , the O O
velocity of the airplane can also be written as
E D rP uO r C r P uO :
v (2)
Recalling that v 0 D 550 mph D 550.5280=3600/ ft=s, D 32 ı , and r D 7 mi D 36;960 ft, we can evaluate
the last two of Eqs. (4) to obtain
P D 684:1 ft=s
r and PD
0:01157 rad=s:
where we have used the following trigonometricıidentity: 2 sin cos D sin.2 /. Recalling again that
v0 D 550 mph D 550.5280=3600/ ft=s, D 32 , and r D 7 mi D 36;960 ft, we can evaluate Eqs. (6) to
obtain
r R D 4:944 ft=s 2
and R D 0:0004281 rad=s :
2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.185
Solution
a D r R C 2rP P : (1)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.186
Solution
a D rR P
r 2: (1)
Recalling that P D ! D 18 rpm D 18.2=60/ rad=s, we can evaluate rR for r D 0:45 m to obtain
2
R D 1:599 m=s :
r
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.188
The polar coordinates of a particle are the following functi ons of time:
Solution
E D rP uO r C r P uO :
v (1)
Using the expressions for r and given in the problem statement, we can rewrite Eq. (1) as follows:
2 3 3
E D 3r03t cos t 3 uO r r00 sin t 3 sin t uO :
v (2)
From Eq. (3) we conclude that in order for the velocity to be completely in the radial direction, we must have
0 D 0: (4)
vE D 3r03t
2
cos
t
3
3
O )
ur v D ˇˇ 3r0 t 2
3
t3
cos 3
ˇˇ
ˇ ) r0 ˇ 3
D 3t 2 cos .tv3= 3/ :
ˇ (5)
Enforcing the condition that v D 6 m=s for t D 15 s, and recalling that D 1 s, we can evaluate the last of
Eqs. (5) to obtain
r0 D 0:01486 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.191
Solution
In polar coordinates, the radial and transverse components of the velocity are vr r and v r, DP D P
respectively. We observe that the problem statement provides v r and v as a function of time. With this in
q
mind, we recall that the speed is given by v D vr2 C v 2. Hence, using the information provide d, we have
2
D C v v r2 v2
D rP C .r P /2 2
2
cos2 C .11:78/2 sin2 C 2.449:8/.11:78/ sin cos mph
D .449:8/
C .11:78/2 cos2 C .449:8/2 sin2 2.449:8/.11:78/ sin cos mph:
(1)
Using the trigonometric identity sin 2 ˇ C cos2 ˇ D 1 , we can simplify the above expr ession to
Letting y denote the elevation of the airplane, we have that y D r sin . Taking the derivative of y with
respect to time we have
P D rP sin C r P cos
y
D Œ.449:8/ sin cos C .11:78/ sin2 C .11:78/ cos2 .449:8/ sin cos ç mph
D 11:78 mph:
Recalling that 1 mph D .5280=3600/ ft=s, we have that
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.192
Solution
E D rP uO r C r P uO :
v (1)
Using the expressions for r and given in the problem statement, we can rewrite Eq. (1) as follows:
P
a r
E D R
O C r R C 2rP P uO :
r 2 ur (3)
Again using the expressions for r and given in the problem statement, we can rewrite Eq. (1) as follows:
4r0 t 2 02
C / uO r C 2r030 .3t C / uO :
ED
a
5
.t (4)
Recalling that r 0 D 3 ft, 0 D 1:2 rad, and D 20 s, for t D 35 s we can evaluate the expressions in Eqs. (2)
and (4) to obtain
2
vE D .0:1500 uO r C 1:732 uO / ft=s and E D.
a 0:3638 ur O C 0:1125 uO / ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.193
Solution
Substituting Eqs. (5) in Eq. (2), collecting terms, and using the given expression for as a function of time,
the velocity take s on the form
2 2 2 2
E D r03
t t
OC r03
0 0
t 0
t
0
v 2 cos 2t 0 .t C / sin { 2t 0 .t C / cos C 2 sin O
| : (6)
2 2 2 2
Substituting Eqs. (5) in Eq. (4), collecting terms, and using the given expression for as a function of time,
we that the acceleration takes on the form
2r0 0
t 2 t 2
0 0
ED
a 2t 2 0 .t C / cos C 2.3t C / sin {O
5 2 2
2 2
C 2r050 2.3t C / cos 20 2t 20.t C / sin t 20 |O: (7)
t
Recalling that r 0 D 3 ft, 0 D 1:2 rad, and D 20 s, for t D 35 s we can evaluate the expressions in Eqs. (6)
and (7) to obtain
2
E D .0:7518 {O
v O
1:568 | / ft=s and E D .0:3705 {O C 0:08812 |O/ ft=s :
a
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.194
A particle is moving such that the time rate of change of its polar
coordinates are
P P
Since r and are constant, they can be integrated with respect to time to obtain
D 0 C P t;
r D r0 C rPt and (1)
where r 0 and 0 are the values of r and , respectively, for t D 0 . The position vect or is given by
rE D r uO r ) rE D .r 0 C rP t/ uO r ; (2)
where we have used the expression for r in the first of Eqs. (1). Recalling that r 0 D 0:2 ft and rP D 3 ft=s, for
t D 10 s the position of the particle can be evaluated to obtain
rE D 30:20 uO r ft :
Recalling that r 0 D 0:2 ft, rP D 3 ft=s, P D 0:25 rad=s, for t D 10 s, Eq. (4) gives
vE D .3 uO r C 7:550 uO / ft=s:
E D rR
a P O C r R C 2rP P uO :
r 2 ur (5)
Recalling that r 0 D 0:2 ft, rP D 3 ft=sE, PDD 0:25CradP =sP, forO tCD P10P Os the acceleration of the particle can be
evaluated to obtain
2
a E D. 1:888 ur O C 1:500 uO / ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.195
A particle is moving such that the time rate of change of its polar
coordinates are
P P
Since r and are constant, they can be integrated with respect to time to obtain
D 0 C P t;
r D r0 C rPt and (1)
where r 0 and 0 are the values of r and , respectively, for t D 0 . The position vect or is given by
rE D r uO r ) rE D .r 0 C rP t/ uO r ; (2)
where we have the expression for r given in the first of Eqs. (1). The velocity of the particle is given by
E D rP uO r C r P uO :
v (3)
P P
Recalling that r and are given and substituting the first of Eqs. (1) into Eq. (3), we have that the velocity
becomes
v r ur .r0 r t / u : EDPO C CP PO (4)
C rPt/P 2 uO r C 2rP P uO :
a ED .r0 (6)
We now observe that we can express the unit vectors uO r and u O in terms of the unit vectors {O and |O as follows:
Using Eqs. (1), substituting Eqs. (7) into the last of Eqs. (2), Eq. (4), and Eq. (6), we have
2r cos t .r rt / 2 sin t | :
(10)
C P PP 0 C P
0C P P
ı
0C P O
Recalling that r 0 D 0:2 ft, rP D 3 ft=s, D 0:25 rad=s, and 0 D 15 , for t D 10 s Eqs. (8)–(10) give
2
rE D . 28:05 {O C 11:20 |O / ft; vE D . 5:585 {O 5:900 |O / ft=s; and aE D .1:197 {O 2:093 |O / ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.196
A micro spiral pump consists of a spiral channel attached to a stationary plate. This plate has two ports,
one for fluid inlet and another for outlet, the outlet being farther from the center of the plate than the inlet.
The system is capped by a rotating disk. The fluid trapped between the rotating disk and the stationary
plate is put in motion by the rotation of the top disk, which pulls the fluid through the spiral channel.
Consider a spiral channel with the geometry given by the equation r r0 , where r 0 146 m D C D
is the starting radius, r is the distance from the spin axis, and , measured in radians, is the angular position
of a point in the spiral channel. Assume that the radius at the outlet is r out 190 m, that the top disk D
rotates with a constant angular speed ! , and that the fluid particles in contact with the rotating disk are
essentially
top disk, thestuck to of
speed it.the
Determine
particlesthe constant
in contact and
with thisthe value
disk v ! 0:5
is of (in rpm) such
m=s at the that after 1:25 rev of the
outlet. D
Photo credit: “Design and Analysis of a Surface Micromachined Spiral-Channel Viscous Pump,” by M. I. Kilani, P. C. Galambos,
Y. S. Haik, C. H. Chen, Journal of Fluids Engineering, Vol. 125, pp. 339–344, 2003.
Solution
We denote by out the value of the coordinate corresponding to r D r , where r is the radial position of out out
the outlet. Since r D C
r0 , we have
r r0 out
r D C r0 ) D
out out ) D 5:602 m, (1)
out
where we have used the fact that r D 190 m, r 0 D 146 m, and D 1:25 rev D 1:25.2 / rad. Next,
out out
we recall that the velocity in polar coordinates is vE D rP uO r C r rP uO , so that the speed is
2
v D rP 2 C r P :
q (2)
Substituting Eq. (3) into Eq. (2) and solving for P , we have
v
P D
2 C r 2
) ! D .r r /2 C Œ.rv r / C r ç2 ; (4)
out
where we have
the second used
of Eqs. theRecalling
(1). ! r , r 190
fact that thatp mr, 0r, and 146D P DD C
where
mwe have
, and used
that
p
for the
expression
out in
forrev
1:25 D D D D
out 0
D
1:25.2 / rad we must have v 0:5 m=s, the last of Eqs. (4) gives
Problem 2.197
A micro spiral pump consists of a spiral channel attached to a stationary plate. This plate has two ports,
one for fluid inlet and another for outlet, the outlet being farther from the center of the plate than the inlet.
The system is capped by a rotating disk. The fluid trapped between the rotating disk and the stationary
plate is put in motion by the rotation of the top disk, which pulls the fluid through the spiral channel.
Consider a spiral channel with the geometry give n by the equation r r0 , where 12 m D C D
is called the polar slope, r 0 D
146 m is the starting radius, r is the distance from the spin axis, and ,
measured in radians, is the angular position of a point in the spiral channel. If the top disk rotates with a
constant angular speed ! D
30;000 rpm, and assuming that the fluid particles in contact with the rotating
Photo credit: “Design and Analysis of a Surface Micromachined Spiral-Channel Viscous Pump,” by M. I. Kilani, P. C. Galambos,
Y. S. Haik, C. H. Chen, Journal of Fluids Engineering, Vol. 125, pp. 339–344, 2003.
Solution
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.199
Solution
Since r D 0:25 m and D 0 for t D 0, using the equation of the spiral, we must have that
r0 D 0:25 m: (1)
E D rR
a P O C r R C 2rP P uO ;
r 2 ur (2)
we proceed to determine expressions for the first and second time derivatives of the radial and transverse
coordinates. The first time derivative of the transverse coordinate is given as ˛t . Hence, for this coordinate
we have
˛t ˛: PD ) RD (3)
In addition, since we will need it to properly compute the radial coordinate, recalling that D 0 for t D 0,
we can integrate the first of Eqs. (3) with respect to time to obtain
1 2
2 ˛t : D (4)
To determine the time derivatives of the radial coordinate, we first substitute Eq. (4) into the equation of spiral
and then differentiate with respect to time. This gives
r D r0 C 12 ˛t 2 ) rP D ˛t ) rR D ˛: (5)
aED
˛
r0 ˛
2 2
t 1 3 4
2 ˛ t
uO C ˛r C 25 ˛2t 2 uO :
(6)
r 0
For t D tf D 10 s (the subscript f stands for “final”) the transverse component of the acceleration vanishes,
i.e.,
2r 0
C 25 ˛2tf2 D 0 ) D 5˛t
˛r 0 2
: (7)
f
2
Using Eq. (1), and recalling that ˛ D 0:15 rad=s and tf D 10 s, the last of Eqs. (7) gives
D 0:006667 m: (8)
Substituting the last of Eqs. (7) into the first of Eqs. (5), and recalling that is given by Eq. (4), we can
evaluate r and for t D
10 s to obtain
Problem 2.200
Solution
E D rP uO r C r P uO :
v (1)
observing that r is as a function of is given in the problem statement, we need to determine expres sion for
P P
r and as functions of and the known quantities v 0 , r 0 , and . To do so, we begin with differentiating the
given expression for r with respect to time:
r : PD P (2)
Substituting Eq. (2) into Eq. (1) and keeping in mind that r D r0 C , we enforce the condition that jEvj is
equal to v 0 as follows:
where we have chosen the root with > 0 to be consistent with the fact that the point is moving counter-
P p
clockwise. Using the last of Eqs. (3) along with Eqs. (1) and (2), we can rewrite the velocity as a function of
and known constants:
ED v0 v0 .r0 C /
v p 2 C .r0 C /2 uO r C p 2 C .r0 C /2 uO :
To determine the acceleration, we recall that in polar coordinates the acceleration is given by
P O C r R C 2rP P uO :
E D rR
a r 2 ur (4)
We observe that we already have an expression for P and, through Eq. (2), a corresponding expression for rP .
We now need to determine expressions for rR and R . For R we can write
d P P 2
R D
dt
D dd P ) R D 2 v0 .r0 C /2 2 ; (5)
C .r0 C /
where we have used the last of Eqs. (3) to express P and to determine an expression for d P =d . Next,
differentiating Eq. (2) with respect to time we have rR D R so that, using the last of Eqs. (5) we have
2 v02 .r0 C /
rR D 2 : (6)
2 C .r0 C /2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
ED
a
˚
C /3 uO r C v02 .r0 C /2 C 2 2 C .r 0 C /2 uO :
v02 .r0
2 2 2 2 Œ 2 C .r0 C /2
2
r 0 C 2r 0 C .1 C /
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.201
A person driving along a rectilinear stretch of road is fined for speeding, having been clocked at 75 mph
when the radar gun was pointing as shown. The driver claims that, because the radar gun is off to the side
of the road instead of directly in front of his car, the radar gun overes timates his speed. Is he right or wrong
and why?
Solution
The driver is wrong. The speed recorded by the radar gun is the component (or projection ) of the actual speed
along the line connecting the radar gun and the moving car. As such, i.e., being a component, it can only be
smaller than the true speed.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
5280 5280
Recalling that vA 110 mph D D 110 3600 ft=s, vB D 175 mph D 175. 3600 / ft=s, L D 50 ft, and d D
1 mi D
5280 ft, Eqs. (8) give
P D
A 0:001157 rad=s and P D
H 4:287 rad=s:
R
We now turn to the determination of at A and H . The acceleration of the car is
E D ac .sin uO r C cos uO /:
a (9)
P 2 R P
In polar coordinates we have aE D rR r uO r C r C 2rP uO , which, when compared to Eq. (9), implies
ac sin D rR r P 2 and
ac cos D r R C 2rP P :
(10)
R
Solving the second of Eqs. (10) for , we have
1
R D ac cos 2v P sin ;
(11)
r
P
where we have used the expression for r in the first of Eqs. (5). Hence, observing that sin A D d=.2rA/,
using Eqs. (7), (8), the last of Eqs. (3), and the last of Eqs. (2), after simplification, we have
2
vB 2 2 vA2 2
vA
dL vB
C .d=2/v2AC L2
R D
A and RH D : (12)
C .d=2/ 2 L2 2d 2 2dL
4
1:684 10 rad=s2 and 0:07547 rad=s
2
:
RA D RH D
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.203
Solution
Part (a). Referring to the figur e at the right, the ve locity of the me teor is
E D rP uO r C r P uO :
v (1)
ur
O D cos {O C sin |O and u
O D sin { O C cos |O; (3)
so that Eq. (1) can be rewritten
v
„ ƒ‚ P … O C „P ƒ‚C P … O D
E D rP cos
vx
r sin { r sin
vy
r cos | O
.22;430 { 61;640 {/ ft=s: O (4)
E
Since v points downward and to the right, its orientation from the x axis is
E
Orientation of v from x axis D
ˇˇ ˇˇ
D
ˇˇ P
tan
1 vy C r P cos D 70:01ı; (5)
tan
1 r sin ˇˇ
vx rP cos r P sin
where, again, we have used the fact that rP D 22;440 ft=s, r D 21;000 ft, and P D 2:935 rad=s. Therefore,
we have
E
Orientation of v from x axis D 70:01ı (cw):
Part (b). The acceleration of the meteor is
a
E D rR r 2 ur
P O C r R C 2rP P uO : (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
where we have used the following numerical data: r 187;500 ft=s2 , r 22;440 ft=s, RD 2:935 rad=s, PD PD
r D21;000 ft, and RD
5:409 rad=s2 .
E
To determine the orientation of a relative to the xy system, we use Eqs. (3) to rewrite Eq. (6) as
rP
r R C 2rP P/ {O C rR P
aE D rR
„ 2 cos
ƒ‚
ax
… sin
„ r 2 sin
ƒ‚ C R C …P P
ay
r 2r / cos |
O
D. 6599 { O C 18;130 {O/ ft=s: (8)
E
Since a is directed upward and to the left, its orientation from the x axis is
E
Orientation of a from x axis D 180ı tan1
ˇ a ˇy
ı 1
"ˇaˇ rR r P
x
C r R C 2rP P / cos D 110:0ı; (9)
2 sin
ˇˇ#
D 180 tan ˇ rR r P
2 cos
r R C 2rP P / sin
ˇ
where, again, we have used the fact that rR D 187;500 ft=s , rP D 22;440 ft=s, P D 2:935 rad=s, r D
2
21;000 ft, and RD
5:409 rad=s2 . Hence, we have
E
Orientation of a from x axis D 110ı (ccw):
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.204
EP
The time derivative of the acceleration, i.e., a, is usually referred to as the jerk. Starting from Eq. (2.70),
compute the jerk in polar coordina tes.
Solution
aE D rR P O C r R C 2rP P uO D ar uO r C a uO ;
r 2 ur (1)
where
ar D rR r2P
D r R C 2rP P : and a (2)
Differentiating with respect to time the second expression for aE in Eq. (1), we have
Recalling that
ur OP D P kO uO r D P uO
and u OP D P kO uO D P uO r ;
(4)
P D «r rPP 2
ar PR
2r and P D rP R C r « C 2rR P C 2rP R :
a (6)
Substituting Eqs. (2) and (6) into Eq. (5) and simplifying, we have
EP D «r
a
PR
3r PP O C
3r 2 u r
h «r P C 3rR P C 3rP R uO :
3
i
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.205
Solution
Referring to the diagram at the right, we define two component systems: one consisting
O O
of the unit vectors ur and u , and the other consisting of the unit vectors u` and u . O O
Both these component systems are polar, the first with coordinates r and , and the
other with coordinates ` and . The coordinate r R D D
const., whereas the coordinate
D
` varies with time. Because h 2R , geometry tells us that
when D 30ı, uO D uO r ; uO ` D uO ;
D ; and D h cos : (1)
`
The position of B can be described relative to the fixed points A and C : ErB=A D r uO r and rEB=C D ` uO ` .
Hence, the velocity of B can be given the following two expressions:
where we accounted for the fact that r D R D const. and P D !AB . Setting the above two expressions of
velocity equal to each other and using Eqs. (1), when D 30 ı , we have
E
Similarly to v , the acceleration of B has the following two expressions:
aE D rR P O C r R C 2rP P uO D R!AB
r 2 ur 2
uO r and aE D `R `P 2 uO ` C `R C 2 P̀P uO ;
(4)
where we recalled that r D R D const. and P D !AB D const. Setting the above two expres sions of
acceleration equal to each other, using Eqs. (1) and the last of Eqs. (3), when D 30 ı , we have
R!AB 2
R!AB2
uO r D R̀ uO C .h cos /R uO r ) R̀ D 0 and R D
: (5)
h cos
2
Recalling that R 0:3 ft, !ABD D 50 rpm D 50 60 rad=s, h D 0:6 ft, and D 30 ı , the last of Eqs. (5) can
be evaluated to obtain
RD 15:83 rad=s
2
:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.206
As a part of an assembly process, the end effect or at A on the robotic arm needs
to move the gear at B along the vertical line shown with some known velocity
v0 and acceleration a 0 . Arm OA can vary its length by telescoping via internal
actuators, and a motor at O allows it to pivot in the vertical plane.
When 50 ı , it is required that v 0 8 ft=s (down) and that it be slowing
D D
down at a0 2 ft=s2 . Using h 4 ft, determine, at this instant, the values for
D D
R R
r (the extensional acceleration) and (the angular acceleration).
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, the length of the arm as a function of is
r D h= cos : (1)
The velocity of B can be expressed in both the Cartesian and polar compo-
nent systems shown. Since B moves downward, this gives
E D
vB v 0 | O D rP uO r C r P uO : (2)
We note that
O D sin uO r C cos uO ;
| (3)
so that Eq. (2) can be written as v0 .sin ur O C O D rP uO r C r P uO ,
cos u /
which implies r PD
v0 sin and r PD
v0 cos , i.e.,
v0 cos2
rP D v0 sin and P D
; (4)
h
where we have used Eq. (1). Since B is slowing down (in its downward motion), the acceleration of B , using
both component systems, is
and
2 2 2 2 3
R D a0 cos
h
2.v0 sin /
h h
v0 cos
) R D a0 cos h
2v0 cos 2 sin
cos
h
R
) D 1:421 rad=s ,
2
where we have used the following numerical data D 50 ı , v 0 D 8 ft=s, a 0 D 2 ft=s , and h D 4 ft. 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.207
As a part of an assembly process, the end effect or at A on the robotic arm needs
to move the gear at B along the vertical line shown with some known velocity
v0 and acceleration a 0 . Arm OA can vary its length by telescoping via internal
actuators, and a motor at O allows it to pivot in the vertical plane.
Letting v 0 and a 0 be positive if the gear moves and accelerates upward,
PRP R
determine expressions for r , r , r , , and that are valid for any value of .
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, the length of the arm as a function of is
r D h= cos : (1)
The velocity of B can be expressed in both the Cartesian and polar compo-
nent systems shown. Since v 0 > 0 when B moves upward, this gives
E D v0 |O D rP uO r C r P uO :
vB (2)
We note that
O D sin uO r C cos uO ;
| (3)
where we have used Eq. (1). Since a0 > 0 when B accelerates upward, the acceleration of B , in both
component systems, is
E D a0 |O D rR
aB P O C r R C 2rP P uO
r 2 ur
2 2 2 3
R D a0 sin C cosh R D a0 sin C v0 cosh
v 0 cos
r
h
) r ,
and
R D a0 cos2 2
R D a0 cos2 2v02 cos 3 sin
v 0 cos
cos
h
2v0 sin
h h
)
h
h2
.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Since the speed of C is constant, the acceleration of C must always be directed toward the center of the
cutting path. Therefore, when C is at D , we have
v02
ED
a
O
{: (8)
v02 cos 2
ED
a
ur O C v0 sin
uO : (9)
2
Now we recall that, in polar coordinates, we have a
E D rR r P uO r C r R C 2rP P uO , which, by comparison
with Eq. (9), implies that, when C is at D
Substituting the expressions for r in Eq. (1), sin and cos in Eqs. (6), and for rP and P in Eqs. (7) into
Eqs. (10), after simplification, when C is at D we have
RD
r
v02 . C d / d 2 C h 2 C d and R D v02
h d2
C h 2 2 :
(11)
d2
C h2 C 2 C 2d 3=2 d 2 C h 2 C 2 C 2d
2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.209
Solution
r D
q .h C sin /2 C .d C cos /2: (1)
O O
We note that the unit vectors { and | can be expressed as follows:
O D cos uO r
{ sin u O and |O D sin uO r C cos uO : (2)
v E D v 0. sin O C cos |O /:
{ (3)
sin D C sin h
and cos D
d C cos
: (6)
.h sin /2
.d cos /2 .h sin /2 .d cos /2
p C C C
Substituting Eqs. (1) and (6) into Eqs. (5), and simplifying, we have
C C C p
v0 .h cos d sin / PD v0 . C d cos C h sin /
PDp C
r
.d cos /2 C .h C sin /2 and
d2 C h2 C 2 C 2d cos C 2h sin : (7)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Since the speed of C is constant, the acceleration of C must always be directed toward the center of the
cutting path. Therefore, we have
v02
ED
a
.cos { O C sin |O /; (8)
v02 2
ED
a
.cos cos C sin sin / uO r C v0 .cos sin cos sin / u : O (9)
v02
C d cos C h sin v02 h cos d sin
ED
a
C sin /2 C .d C cos /2 uO r C .h C sin /2 C .d C cos /2 uO : (10)
p .h
p
Now recall that in polar coordinates, we have aE D . rR r P 2 / uO r C .r R C 2rP P / uO , and therefore, by comparison
with the above expression, we can conclude that
and
R D 2 rP P C v02 h cos d sin
r
r
p .h C sin /2 C .d C cos /2 : (12)
Substituting Eqs. (1) and (7) into Eqs. (11) and (12), after simplificati on, we have
RD
r
C d cos C h sin /d 2 C h2 C d cos C h sin ;
v02 .
d 2 C h2 C 2C 2d cos C 2h sin 3=2
v2 .h cos d sin / d 2 C h2 2
R D 0 :
d 2 C h2 C 2 C 2d cos C 2h sin 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.210
The cam is mounted on a shaft that rotates about O with constant angu-
lar velocity ! cam. The profile of the cam is descr ibed by the funct ion
`. / R 0 .1 0:25 cos3 /, where the angle is measured relative to
D C
the segment OA, which rotates with the cam. Letting ! cam 3000 rpm D
and R 0 D
3 cm, determine the velocity and acceleration of the follower
when 33ı . Express the acceleration of the follower in terms of g ,
D
the acceleration due to gravity.
Solution
The point on the follower in contact with the cam corresponds to 90ı . Therefore, letting r D
be the distance between the point on the follower in contact with the cam and point O , we had that
r `. 90 ı / ( is measured in degrees), which gives
D D
D R01 C 0:25 cos3.90ı / D R01 C 0:25 sin3 ;
r (1)
where we have used the fact that cos 90 ı D sin . Next, we observe that the velocity and acceleration of
the follower are
vE D rP |O and aE D rR |O : (2)
Recalling that R 0 D 3 cm D 0:03000 m, ! D 3000 rpm D 3000 260 rad=s, for D 33ı, we have
cam
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Recalling that ! D !f D 0:5 rad=s for D .=4/ rad, from Eq. (8) we have
K.=4/ D !f ) K D 4!f =: (9)
Substituting the last of Eqs. (9) into Eq. (8) and recalling Eq. (6), we have
PD 4!f
; (10)
. rad/
where it is understood that is expressed in radians. Then, differentiating Eq. (10) with respect to time we
have
2
4!f
RD P ) R D
4! f
; (11)
. rad/ . rad/
P
where we have used Eq. (10) to express , and where we note again that is expressed in radians.
Keeping in mind that the last of Eqs. (4) implies D
=2, we can now rewrite Eqs. (5) using the results
in Eqs. (10) and the last of Eqs. (11). This gives
2
4!f
PD RD
4! f
and ; (12)
. rad/ . rad/
where it is understood that must be expressed in radians. Substituting Eqs. (12) in Eqs. (3), we have
4! q 2
v D .4!fR
rad/
j j and
ˇ Eˇ D
a R
. rad/
f
4 C 2: (13)
4 ı
Recalling that !f D 0:5 rad=s, R D 4 in: D 12 ft, D 32 D 32 180 rad, we can evaluate Eqs. (13) to obtain
v D 0:1185 ft=s and aE D 0:08642 ft=s :
ˇˇ 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.213
Solution
Using the diagram at the right, the velocity of B at D 90ı in the .uO n; uO t /
O O
and . ur ; u / component systems is, respectively,
vE D R P uO t and vE D rP uO r C r P uO ; (1)
where the first of Eqs. (1) is true because B is in circular motion about A .
We note that
O D O
u t cos ur sin u and un sin ur cos u ; O O D O O (2)
where, for D 90 ı, p p
sin D R= R2 C H2
D H = R2 C H 2 : and cos (3)
Substituting the first of Eqs. (2) into the first of Eqs. (1), we have vE D R P .cos uO r sin O
u /, which, when
compared to the second of Eqs. (1) component by component, yields
RH P
R cos r r r 8:825 ft=s (4)
and
D P ) P D p C H2 ) P D
P R2
R2 P
R P sin D r P ) P D
) P D 0:7746 rad=s, (5)
R C H2
2
p
where we have used Eqs. (3), the fact that r D R2 C H 2 , and the following data: R D 1:5 ft, H D 4 ft,
and P D 60 rpm D 60 260 rad=s.
aE D R P 2 uO n and aE D rR r P 2 uO r C r R C 2rP P uO ;
(6)
where, in the first of the above equations, we have used the fact that B is in uniform circular motion about A .
Substituting the second of Eqs. (2) into the first of Eqs. (6) gives a R 2 .sin ur cos u /, which, ED P O C O
when compared to the second of Eqs. (6) component by component, yields
p
R P 2 sin D rR r2 P ) rR D R4P 22 R2 C2H2 2 p R22P 2 2 ) RD
r 18:23 ft=s
2
R CH R CH
and
P 2 cos D r R C 2rP P ) R D P R3 H P 2 RH 2
R 2
R
C C 2 R2 C H 22 ) D 9:779 rad=s ,
R2 H 2
p
where we have used Eqs. (3)–(5), the fact that r D R 2 C H 2 , and the following data: R D 1:5 ft, H D 4 ft,
and P D 60 rpm D 60 60 rad=s.
2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.214
A satellite is moving along the elliptical orbit show n. Using the polar
coordinate system in the figure, the satellite’s orbit is described by
the equation
p2 b 2 cos
r. / D 2b2 a2 CabC2 .aa 2
b 2 / cos.2 /
;
rr 00 2.r 0 /2 r 2 D a;
r3 b2
where the prime indicates differentiation with respect to . Using
this identity and knowing that the satellite moves so that K r 2 D P
with K constant (i.e., according to Kepler’s laws), show that the
radial component of acceleration is proportional to 1=r 2 , which is
in agreement with Newton’s universal law of gravitation.
Solution
We are given r D r . / so we use the chain rule to write its derivative with respect to time as
Kr 0
rP D r 0 P ) rP D 2 ; (2)
r
where the prime denotes differentiation with respect to , and where we have substitu ted Eq. (1) for . Next P
we take the second derivative of r with respect to time to obtain
P
where we have factored K out of the first of Eq. (3) and substituted Eq. (1) for P
. Now recall that
ar DR P
r r 2 and we have expressions for r , r , and so we can write R P
00 00 0 2 r2
2 2.r 0 /2 K2 2 rr 2r
D Kr 2
r
D Kr 2
ar
r2
r3
r
r4
) ar
r3
: (4)
We see that the expression in brackets is the identity giv en in the problem statement , so we will replace it
with a=b 2 . Recalling that K , a , and b are constants, we prove the radial component of acceleration is
proportional to 1=r 2 .
2
D Kb2a
1
ar :
r2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.215
Solution
vE D xP {O C yP |O and E D xR {O C yR |O ;
a (1)
where
yPD 5 ft=s; PD
x
q v02 y 2 ; P
R D 15 ft=s ; yR D 0; (2) x 2
Equating the components of the first of Eqs. (3) and (5), we have
P D r 1. xP sin C yP cos /:
P D xP cos C yP sin
r and (7)
1
At the instant considered in the problem, we have that D sin .h=r/ . With this in mind, using the data
in Eqs. (2) along with the fact that r D 20 mi D 20.5280/ ft, h D 10;000 ft, v 0 D 300 mph D 300 5280
3600 ft =s,
we can evaluate Eqs. (7) to obtain:
P D 347:4 6
PD
r 438:5 ft=s and 10 rad=s:
Similarly, equating the components of the second of Eqs. (3) and (6), we have
2 1
r
R D xR cos C yR sin C r P
and r x sin y cos 2r ; RD R CR P P
(8)
which can be evaluated with the help of Eqs. (7) and the data used in the evaluation of Eq. (7) to obtain
2 RD 6
R D 14:95 ft=s
r and 10:59 10 rad=s2 :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
We now determine the trajectory of the projectile starting from Eqs. (3) and (4) derived in Example 2.21 on
p. 110 of the textbook, and subject to the initial conditions in Eqs. (9) and (10) of the example in question.
For convenience, we repeat the equations we need here below:
rR r P 2 D
g sin ; (7)
r C 2rP P D
R g cos ; (8)
To obtain the plot of the trajectory, we must resort to a parametric plot, i.e., a plot of the coordinates of the
projectile for 0 t tf D
2:491 s. To produce a plot that can be compared to the one shown above, we
must plot values of x and y corresponding to the values of r and given by the numerical solution. We do so
by observing that
x r cos and y r sin : D D (11)
With the above in mind, we have used Mathematica with the following code to obtain a solution with time t
going from 0 to 2:491 s:
The code above yields the following trajector y, which can be seen to be identical to the one obtained earlier
(as expected).
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.217
Reference frame A is translating relative to reference frame B . Both frames track the motion of a particle
C . If at one instant the velocity of particle C is the same in the two frames, what can you infer about the
motion of frames A and B at that instant?
Solution
For two frames to measure the same velocity these frames must be at rest relative to one another at least at
the instant at which the measurement is made. Therefore, we can conclude that frame A has zero velocity
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.218
Reference frame A is translating relative to reference frame B with velocity vA=B and acceleration aA=B . E E
A particle C appears to be stationary relative to frame A. What can you say about the ve locity and
acceleration of particle C relative to frame B ?
Solution
If the particle is stationary relative to frame A , then, relative to B , it moves just like frame A . Therefore, the
velocity and acceleration of particle C relative to frame B are vA=B and aA=B . E E
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.219
Reference frame A is translating relative to reference frame B with constant velocity vA=B . A particle C E
appears to be in uniform rectilinear motion relative to frame A . What can you say about the motion of
particle C relative to frame B ?
Solution
Because the relative velocity of frame A is constant, then A is in uniform rectilinear motion relative to B .
Since the velocity of particle C is constant relative to A , and since the velocity of C relative to B is the sum
of the velocity of A relative to B and of the velocity of C relative to A , then the velocity of C relative to
be will also be constant. In turn, this implies that particle C will appear to be in uniform rectilinear motion
relative to frame B .
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.220
A skier is going down a slope with moguls. Let the skis be short enough for
us to assume that the skier’s feet are tracking the moguls’ profile. Then, if the
skier is skilled enough to maintain her hips on a straight-line trajectory and
vertically aligned over her feet, determine the velocity and acceleration of her
hips relative to her feet when her speed is equal to 15 km=h. For the profile
of the moguls, use the formula y.x/ D
hI 0:15x 0:125 sin. x=2/ m, C
where hI is the elevation at which the skier starts the descent.
Solution
The expressions of the vertical position of the skier’s hips and feet are denoted by yH and y F , respectively.
Now, calculating the relative position of her hips with respect to her feet,
x
yH=F D yH yF D .0:15 tan 8:53ı /x 0:125 sin m; (3)
2
and taking the derivat ive of Eq. (3) with respect to time yields
0:125 x
vH=F D xP 0:15 tan 8:53ı cos m=s: (4)
2 2
vH=F D
h 5:630 105 0:8091 cos
x i
m=s: (5)
2
The relative acceleration of the skier’s hips with respect to her feet can now be determined by differentiating
Eq. (4) and substituting x v 0 cos 8:53ı . This yields
PD
aH=F D 1:271xP sin
x
m=s2 ) aH=F D 5:237 sin
x
m=s2 :
2 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.221
Two particles A and B are moving in a plane with arbitrary velocity vectors vA and vB , respectively. E E
Letting the rate of separation ( ROS) be defined as the component of the relative velocity vector along the
line connecting particles A and B , determine a general expression for ROS. Express your result in terms
E DE E
of rB=A E E
rB rA , where rA and rB are the position vectors of A and B , respectively, relative to some
chosen fixed point in the plane of motion.
Solution
O
We begin by writing uB=A in terms of rB=A: E
O
uB=A D jErrEB=A
B=Aj
: (1)
The component of Eq. (2) in the direction of Eq. (1) is the ROS , which is therefore obtained by dotting vB=A E
O
with uB=A. This gives
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.222
Airplanes A and B are flying along straight lines at the same altitude and with speeds vA D 660 km=h and
D
vB 550 km=h, respectively. Determine the speed of A as perceived by B if 50 ı . D
3 3
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, we use the Cartesian coordinate system
shown to express the velocities of the airplanes A and B :
E D vA |O
vA and E D vB .sin {O C cos |O /:
vB (1)
vA=B
E D vEA vEB D vB sin { O C .vA vB cos / | : O (2) 3 3
vA=B
ˇ ˇ q
D vEA=B D vB2 sin2 C .vA vB cos /2: (3)
Recalling that vA D 660 km=h D 660 1000 3600 m =s, vB D 550 km=h D
550 1000 ı
3600 m =s and D 50 , we can evaluate the expressio n in Eq. (3) to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.223
vA 60 mph,
D
the vehicles as vparticles
B 55 and D
mph,use v Cdimensions
andthe 35 mph.shown
Furthermore, D
treat
in the figure.
Solution
E
vB=A D vEB vEA: (2)
The component of Eq. (2) in the direction of Eq. (1) is the ROS, i.e.,
Now that we have a formula for the ROS, consider the . {O; |O / component
system shown in the figure at the right.
ˇE ˇ D p
rB=A
rB=A
C . 94/
2 ft .23/2
O
23 { 94 | ft
D .0:2377 {O 0:9713 |O/ ;
O (4)
rEC=B 42 {O C 65 |O ft
rC=B
D .42/ 2 C .65/2 ft
D .0:5427 {O C 0:8399 |O/ : (5)
Recalling that vA D 60 mph D 60 36005280 ft =s, v D 55 mph D 55 5280 ft =s, and v D 35 mph D 35 5280 ft =s,
ˇ ˇ pB 3600 C 3600
and observing that vEA D vA |O , vEB D vB |O , and vEC D v C .cos 54ı {O C sin 54ı |O/, we have
vEA D . 88:00 |O / ft=s; vEB D .80:67 |O / ft=s; vEC D .30:17 {O C 41:53 |O / ft=s:
(6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
E
aC=A D .1:376 {O 1:000 | / m=s2 :
O
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.226
sprinting.
Assume that d D
3 ft and t D
0:2 s, and determine the average
speed of the player so that he catches the ball.
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, we model the motion of the ball as
projectile motion and since we are interested in computing the player’s
average speed, we will model the player’s motion as rectilinear motion
with constant speed. We adopt a Cartesian coordinate system with srcin
at point O , which we choose as the point at which the ball leaves the
player’s foot. Let tf (f stands for final) denote the time the playe r catches
the ball. Then at time tf , the relative horizontal position of the player with
respect to the ball must be equal zero:
Since the player starts sprinting t after the ball is kicked, the motion of the player occurs during the time
interval that starts at time t t and ends at tD D
tf . Therefore, denoting by the time during which the
player sprints, we have that
tf t: D (3)
We also observe that the total distance traveled by the player, which we will denote by L , is given by
where, in writing the last of Eqs. (4), we have used the last of Eqs. (1). By definition, the average speed of the
player is now given by
L d v0 tf cos
.vP /avg .vP /avg D tf t ) : D C (5)
This result tells us that the value of .vP /avg can be determined if we determine the value of tf . To this end we
observe that since the player catches the ball at the same height from the ground at which the ball leaves the
player’s foot, and given our choice of coordinate system, we can calculatetf as the time at which the ball
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
2v0 sin
tf D 0 and tf D : (7)
g
The first root can be neglected since it coincides with the initial time. Hence, substituting the second of
Eqs. (7) into the last of Eq. (5) and simplifying, we have
2
.vP /avg D 2vdg0 Csinv0 sing2t ;
(8)
2
where we have used the trigonometric identity 2 sin cos sin 2 . Recalling that d 3 ft, g D D D 32:2 ft=s ,
D
v0 25 ft=s, 60 ı , and t 0:2 s, we can evaluate the above expression to obtain
D D
.vP /avg D 17:30 ft=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.227
A remote controlled boat, capable of a maximum speed of 10 ft=s in still water, is made to cross a stream
with a width w D
35 ft that is flowing with a speed v W D
7 ft=s. If the boat starts from point O and keeps
its orientation parallel to the cross-stream direction, find the location of point A at which the boat reaches
the other bank while moving at its maximum speed. Furthermore, determine how much time the crossing
requires.
Solution
Using a Cartesian coordinate system with its srcin at O , as the boat is crossing the stream,
E
its velocity vB can be written as
where vEW D 7 {O ft=s is the velocity of the water and vEB=W D 10 |O ft =s is the velocity of the boat relative to
the water. Using the the y component of velocity, the time of crossing is
where w D
35 ft. Since the x component of velocity is constant, using the crossing time in Eq. (1), we can
calculate the downstream position of A as
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
which, given that the boat starts at O at time t D 0, are subject to the following initial conditions:
x.0/ D 0 and y.0/ D 0: (8)
These equations can be integrated using appropriat e mathematical software . We have used Mathematica.
Before presenting the code used to solve the problem, a remark about Eqs. (7) is necessary. Let’s suppose that
the boat does make it to point A . In this case, the coordinat es of the boat would be .x 0; y w/. When D D
this happens, the argument of the square roots in Eqs. (7) becomes equal to zero. In turn, because the square
roots appear at the denominator of fractions, when the boat makes it to A , the equations suffer a division by
zero that will cause the numerical software to fail. Now, when using a numerical method to solve Eqs. (7) we
must specify the time interval we want the solution to cover. As just discussed, as soon as the boat makes it
to A the numerical integ ration fails. Therefore, we need to use trial and error to find the maximum amount of
time for which the equations can be integrated before numerical failure. However, this maximum amount
of time will correspond to the time taken by the boat to reach A , which is one of the quantities we need to
determine in this problem. With all the above in mind, we have integrated the equations in question for the
boat traveling at the maximum speed relative to water, i.e., wB=W 10 ft=s, using Mathematica with the D
following code:
Notice that, using trial and error, we were able to integrate our equations only up to t D 6:8627 s. Hence,
expressing this result to three significant figures, we will say that
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Now we consider the case for which the speed of the boat is equal to the speed of the water current. We
repeat the same calculations just described but with vB=W D
7 ft=s. This time we find that the mathematical
software does not fail for any amount of time, indicating that
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.231
E
of the airspeed indic ator. Letting vP =A be the velocity of the airplane
relative to the air and assuming that the airspeed indicator measures the
E
magnitude of the component of vP =A in the direction of motion of the
airplane, determine the speed of the airplane relative to the ground after
Solution
We will express the velocity of the airplane using a normal tangential component system.
In this manner, the tangent direction will always be the direction of motion of the airplane.
In addition, we will use subscripts 1 and 2 to denote quantities before and after the change
in course, respectively. Before turning, the velocity of the airplane and wind relative to
the ground are
E D v0 uO t
vP1 1
and E D vW .
vW1 cos u t1O C sin uO n /: 1
(1)
v1 D .vEP vEW / uO t )
1
1
1
v1 D v 0 C vW cos : (2)
D vW Œ cos.ˇ C / uO t C sin.ˇ C / uO n ç;
2 2
(3)
where we have used the trigonometric identities cos. rad / D cos and sin . rad / D sin . The
airspeed of the plane after the turn is
vP D 442:7 mph: 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.234
Solution
O O
In the figure shown, { and | are horizontal and vertical, respectively. Since
rest is the orientation of the velocity of raindrops relative to the ground,
the velocity in question is
E D
vR vR .sin rest { O C cos |O /; rest (1)
where v R is the speed of the falling rain. The angle motion describes the orientation of vR=C , the velocity of E
the raindrops relative to the moving car:
E
vR=C D vR=C .sin motion { O C cos motion | /;O (2)
where vR=C is the speed of the raindrops as perceived by an observer moving with the car. Relative kinematics
requires that
vR vC vR=C ; E DE CE (3)
where vC is the velocity of the car. Substituting Eqs. (1) and (2) into Eq. (3),
E
vR sin rest { O vR cos rest | O D vC {O O
vR=C sin motion { vR=C cos motion | : O (4)
Equating components, Eq. (4) yields the following system of two equations in two unknowns v R and v R=C :
vR sin rest D vC vR=C sin motion and vR cos rest D vR=C cos motion; (5)
whose solution is
vC vC
vR D cos rest tan motion sin rest
and vR=C D sin motion cos motion tan rest
: (6)
5280
Recalling that we have rest D 20ı, motion D 70ı, vC D 25 mph D 25 3600 ft =s, we can evaluate the first of
Eqs. (6) to obtain
vrain D 16:37 ft=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.235
Solution
The xy and pq frames shown at the right are attached to the ground
and to the incline, respecti vely. The srcins of these frames are
chosen so that the x and p coordinates of the woman are both
equal to zero at the initial time. We denote by aW and aW=I the E E
accelerations of the woman relative to the ground and to the incline,
E
respectively. Denoting by aI the acceleration of the incline relative
to the ground, from the problem’s statement we have
E
aW=I D a0 uOp and E D as {O:
aI (1)
which implies that the x component of aEW is constant. Recalling that x W D 0 for t D 0 and that the woman
starts from rest, using constant acceleration equations, we have
Denoting by tf and d the time taken by the woman to slide to the bottom of the incline and the corresponding
horizontal distance traveled (with respect to the ground), respectively, we have
d D ˇˇ 1
.a
2 s
a0 cos /tf2 : ˇˇ (5)
We observe that tf is also the time needed to travel the distance L in the p direction with the constant
acceleration a 0 . Hence, recalling that p 0 and p 0 for t D PD
0 , applying constant acceleration equations D
in the p direction we have
p D 21 a0t 2 ) L D 21 a0tf2 ) tf D
p 2L=a0 : (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.236
The pendulum bob A swings about O , which is a fixed point, while bob B swings
about A . Express the components of the acceleration of B relative to the Cartesian
component system shown with srcin at the fixed point O in terms of L 1 , L 2 , , ,
and the necessary time derivatives of and .
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, we use two polar component systems, one with unit
O O
vectors ur and u attached to A , the other with unit vectors uq and u attached to B . O O
O O
When expressed in terms of the unit vectors { and | , the unit vectors of the chosen polar
component systems are:
O D sin {O
ur cos | ;O uO D cos {O C sin |O;
(1)
O D sin {O
uq cos | ;O uO D cos {O C sin |O :
(2)
O O
Using the . ur ; u / component system, and denoting by r and the corresponding polar
coordinates of A , the acceleration of A is
E D rR
aA P O C r R C 2rP P uO :
r 2 ur (3)
where we used Eqs. (1) to express aEA in terms of {O and |O . Using the . uO q ; uO / component system, and denoting
by q and the polar coordinates of B relative to A , the acceleration of B relative to A is
E
aB=A D qR P O C qR C 2qP P uO
q 2 uq : (5)
where we used Eqs. (2) to express a EB=A in terms of {O and |O. Relative kinematics demands that aEB D
aEA C aEB=A. Therefore, using the last of Eqs. (4) and (6), we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.237
Revisit Example 2.24 in which the movie’s hero is traveling on train car A
with constant speed vA D
18 m=s while the target B is moving at a constant
speed vB D
40 m=s (so that aB D
0). Recall that 4 s before an otherwise
inevitable collision between A and B , a projectile P traveling at a speed of
300 m=s relative to A is shot toward B . Take advantage of the solution in
Example 2.24 and determine the time it takes the projectile P to reach B
and the projectile’s distance traveled.
Solution
dx D d sin ˇ: (1)
Since vEP is constant, the time taken by the projectile to hit the target, which we denote by t , is simply equal
to d x in Eq. (1) divided by vP x , i.e.,
which, recallin g that we have d D 72:00 m, ˇ D 48:2ı , vA D 18 m=s, vP =A D 300 m=s, and D 64:40 ı
(final result in Example 2.24), can be evaluated to obtain
D 0:3752 s: t
To find the distance traveled, we observe again that vEP is constant, so that the distance trav eled is
q
.v sin ˇ C vP =A cos /2 C .vA cos ˇ vP =A sin /2 .d sin ˇ/
jEvP t j D A vA sin ˇ C vP =A cos
; (4)
where we have used the expressions for vEP in Eq. (2) and t in Eq. (3). Since d D 72:00 m, ˇ D 48:2ı ,
vP =A D 300 m=s, and D 64:40 ı , we can evaluate the right-han d side of Eq. (4) to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.238
We base the solution of this problem on the solution of Example 2.24 on p. 127 of the textbook. All the
quantities used in this solution are defined in Example 2.24. We report here Eq. (14) from the Example,
which remains valid under the conditions stated in this problem and which determines the value of the angle
that we want to determine:
` d cos ˇ
sin
d sin ˇ
cos D vAv`P =AvdB d :
(2)
The above equation is a transcendental equatio n in whose solution can be obtained using the following
technique. We consider the term multiplying the cos on the left-hand side of the equation and we define an
angle such that
` d cos ˇ ` d cos ˇ
tan tan 1
D : ) D (3)
d sin ˇ d sin ˇ
Then, recalling that tan D sin = cos , we can rewrite Eq. (2) as
sin
sin
cos
cos D vAv`P =AvdB d )
sin cos sin cos D .vA` vPv=A
B d / cos
d
where we have used the trigonometric identity sin cos sin cos sin . D /. The last of Eq. (4) can
now be solved for to obtain
.vA ` vB d / cos
sin1 D C : (5)
vP =Ad
Recalling that vA 18 m=s, vB 50 m=s, vP =A 300 m=s, and where, using the results in Example 2.24,
` D
160:0 m, d DD72:00 m, we Dcan evaluate inDin the last of Eqs. (3) and then evaluate in Eq. (5) to
obtain
D 63:57ı :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.239
collision at C .
Solution
The general strategy for the solution of moving target problems has been discussed in the Road Map of
Example 2.24 on p. 127. According to this strategy, letting t D
0 be the time at which the projectile is fired,
there is a time tI > 0 such that
E
rP =B .tI / rP .tI / rB .tI / 0; DE E (1) DE
that is, there is a time tI at which the projectil e and the target meet. To solve this problem we need to find
the positions of the projectile and of the target as functions of time and then set them equal to each other as
required by the above equation.
Because A is moves at a constant speed along a straight line, then E
vA is
constant. Once P is fired, its velocity is also a constant given by
vP
E D vEA C vP =A uO P =A.0/; (2)
E
rP .t/ D rEP .0/ C vEA.0/ C vP =A uO P =A.0/ t: (3)
E
rB .t / D rEB .0/ C vEB .0/t C 21 aEB t 2: (4)
E
rP .0/ C vEA.0/ C vP =A uO P =A.0/ tI rEB .0/ vEB .0/tI
1
E D 0E;
2
2 aB tI (5)
Referring to the figure at the right (similar to Fig. 3 in Example 2.24 and showing the geometry at the time of
firing) we have that rA .0/ E DE
rP .0/, so that Eq. (5) can be rewritten as
The problem is solved when we are able to express all of the terms in Eq. (6) via known quantities and the
only two unknowns of the problem, which are tI and the firing angle . We therefore proceed to determine
convenient expressions for each of the vectors in Eq. (6).
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Again referring to the geometry at t D 0 , and recalling that ˇ is known ( ˇ D 48:2ı ), we have
vEA .0/ D vA uO C=A D vA .sin ˇ {O C cos ˇ |O / and vEB .0/ D vB .0/ |O ; (8)
so that
E
vA=B .0/ D vA sin ˇ {O C .vA cos ˇ vB .0// | : O (9)
Finally, the problem statement and the geometry of the problem tell us that
E D aB |O:
aB (11)
Substituting Eqs. (7) and Eqs. (9)–(11) into Eq. (6) and expressing the result on a component by component
basis, we have
where vA D D
18 m=s, vB .0/ 20 m=s, vP =A 300 m=s, aB 10 m=s2 , ˇ 48:2ı , and where, using the
D D D
results in Example 2.24, d D
72:00 m and ` 160:0 m. D
Equations(12) and (13) form a system of two equations in the two unknowns and tI that can be solved
numerically with appropriate mathematical software. We have used Mathematica with the following code:
Notice that we have provided the root finding algorithm an initial guess for the solution consisting of the
values 64:40 ı and tI
D D
2 s, the first of which is the solution to the case discussed in Example 2.24 and
the second is between the initial time and the time of collision. The above code yields the following solution:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.241
The object in the figure is called a gun tackle, and it used to be very
common on sailboats to help in the operation of front-loaded guns.
If the end at A is pulled down at a speed of 1:5 m=s, determine the
velocity of B . Neglect the fact that some portions of the rope are not
vertically aligned.
Solution
L D yA C 2yB : (1)
1
vB 2 yA | : (3)
E D P O
Recalling that yPA D 1:5 m=s, we can evaluate the above expression to
obtain
E D
vB 0:7500 | O m=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.242
The gun tackle shown is operated with the help of a horse. If the horse moves to the right at a constant
speed of 7 ft=s, determine the velocity and acceleration of B when the horizontal distance from B to A is
15 ft. Except for the part of the rope between C and A, neglect the fact that some portions are not vertically
aligned. Also neglect the change in the amount of rope wrapped around pulle y C as the horse moves to the
right.
Solution
Using the coordinate system shown in the figure at the right, and
denoting the length of the rope by L , we have
L D 2yB C
q xA2 C h2 : (1)
0 D 2yPB C q xA xA P : (2)
xA2 C h2
Solving Eq. (2) for yB , we have P
P : P D
yB
xA xA
q (3)
2 C h2 xA2
Since vEB D yPB |O , recalling that h D 8 ft, xPA D 7 ft=s, and xA D 15 ft, we can evaluate Eq. (3) to obtain
E D
vB 3:088 | O ft=s: (4)
To obtain the acceleration of B we differentiate Eq. (3) with respect to time and, observing that xA R D 0, we
obtain
h2 xA2 P
R D
yB
3=2
: (5)
2 x2 h2
E D yRB |O, again recalling that we have h D 8 ft, CxPA D 7 ft=s, and xA D 15 ft, we can evaluate Eq. (5)
A
Since aB
to obtain
2
E D
aB 0:3192 | O ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.243
The figure shows an inverted gun tackle with snatch block, which
used to be common on sailboats. If the end at A is pulled at a speed
of 1:5 m=s, determine the velocity of B . Neglect the fact that some
portions of the rope are not vertically aligned.
Solution
E D
vB 0:5000 | O m=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.244
Solution
0 D 2yPB yP C
D yPC C sPA:
and (2)0
Recalling that sPA D vA is known and eliminating yP C from Eqs. (2), we can
solve for yB to obtain
P
yPB D 21 vA ) vEB D 21 vA |O :
(3)
E D
vB 2:000 | O m =s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.245
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, we have that pulleys B and C are
at the same height. Also, A is a point on the branch of the rope that
is being pulled in by the winch. The length of the rope between the
left end of the system and point A can be written as follows:
1
0 D 4 yPB C sPA ) yPB D 4 v0 : (2)
5
Recalling that we have v 0 D 5 in: D 12 ft=s, and observing that the speed of the bicycle is equal to jyPB j, we
have
v D 0:1042 ft=s:
bicycle
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.248
Block A is released from rest and starts sliding down the incline with an acceleration a 0 3:7 m=s2 . D
Determine the acceleration of block B relative to the incline. Also, determine the time needed for B to
move a distance d D
0:2 m relative to A.
Solution
2
E D 11:10 {O m=s : aB @
Using the result in Eq. (3), we observe that xR B=A D xRB xRA D
4a 0 constant. Therefore, xB=A, namely, D
the relative position of B with respect to A , can be expressed as a function of time as follows:
xB=A.t/ D xB=A.0/ C xP B=A.0/t 2a 0 t 2 ; (4)
P
where xB=A.0/ and xB=A.0/ denote the initial values of xB=A and xB=A, respectively. Recalling that P
P D
xB=A.0/ 0 since the blocks are released from rest, Eq. (4) simplifies to
xB=A.t / D xB=A.0/ 2a 0 t 2 : (5)
Denoting by t d the time needed to travel the distance d , observing that d D xB=A.td / xB=A.0/ , and
letting t t d in Eq. (5), we have
D d D 2a0 td2 ) td D p d=.2a 0 /:
ˇ ˇ (6)
2
Recalling that d D 0:2 m and a0 D 3:7 m=s , the last of Eqs. (6) can be evaluated to obtain
td D 0:1644 s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.249
In the pulley system shown, the segment AD and the motion of A are not impeded
by the load G . Assume all ropes are vertical ly aligned.
Determine the velocity and acceleration of the load G if v0 3 ft=s and D
a0 1 ft=s2 .
D
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, and using the y coordinate shown, the length
of the ropes labeled 1 , 2 , and 3 are
Since L 1 , L 2 , and L 3 are constant, taking the time derivative of Eqs. (1) gives
where we have used the fact that yPA D v 0 . Differentiating Eqs. (3) with respect
to time, we have
1 5 3
yRB D 13 a0 ; yRD D 13 a0 ; yRG D 13 a0 ; (4)
where we have used the fact that vP 0 D a 0 . Recalling that vEG D yPG |O and a EG D yRG |O , and recalling that
2
v0 D 3 ft=s and a0 D 1 ft=s , we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (3) and (4) to obtain
2
E D
vG 0:6923 | O ft=s and E D
aG 0:2308 | O ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.250
In the pulley system shown, the segment AD and the motion of A are not impeded
by the load G . Assume all ropes are vertical ly aligned.
The load G is initially at rest when the end A of the rope is pulled with the
constant acceleration a0 . Determine a 0 so that G is lifted 2 ft in 4:3 s.
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, and using the y coordinate shown, the lengths
of the ropes labeled 1 , 2 , and 3 are
Since L 1 , L 2 , and L 3 are constant, taking the time derivative of Eqs. (1) gives
where we have used the fact that yPA D v 0 . Differentiating Eqs. (3) with respect
to time, we have
1 5 3
yRB D 13 a0 ; yRD D 13 a0 ; yRG D 13 a0 ; (4)
where we have used the fact that vP 0 D a 0 . The last of Eqs. (4) implies that the acceleration of G is constant.
Therefore, using constant acceleration equations, we can write the following express ion of y G as a function
of time:
3
yG .t / y G .0/ yG .0/t 26 a0 t 2 :
D CP (5)
Let tf D
4 :3 s (f stands for final). Hence, recalling that G starts from rest and that therefore yG .0/ P D 0,
from Eq. (5) we have
yG .tf / D y G .0/ 3 2
26 a0 tf ) a0 D 26ŒyG .0/3t 2 yG .tf /ç :
(6)
f
Recalling that y G .0/ yG .tf / D 2 ft and that tf D 4:3 s, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (6) to obtain
2
a0 D 0:9374 ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.251
A crate A is being pulled up an inclined ramp by a winch retracting the cord at a constant rate v 0 D 2 ft=s.
Letting h D
1:5 ft, determine the speed of the crate when d 4 ft. D
Solution
Referring to the problem’s figure, we begin by observing that the motion of the crate is rectilinear and,
denoting the speed of the crate by vA , we have
vA
ˇˇ
D dP : (1)
P
To determine d , we can write p
L Dw C C h2 d 2; (2)
where L denotes the length of the cord and w denotes the (constant) horizontal distance between the winch
and the pulley. Recalling that L decreases at the rate v 0 , we have that
P
D ph2d d d 2 : v 0 (3)
Solving Eq. (3) for dP and substituting the result in Eq. (1)C
gives
D vd0
vA
p h2 C d 2: (4)
Therefore, recalling that h D 1:5 ft and v0 D 2 ft=s, we can evaluate Eq. (4) for d D 4 ft to obtain
vA D 2:136 ft=s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.252
A crate A is being pulled up an inclined ramp by a winch. The rate of winding of the cord is control led so
as to hoist the crate up the incline with a constant speed v 0 . Letting denote the length of cord retracted P̀
by the winch per unit time, determine an expressi on for in terms of v 0 , h , and d . P̀
Solution
Letting L denote the length of the cord and w denote the (constant) horizontal distance between the winch
and the pulley, we can write p
D w C h2 C d 2: L (1)
d dP
`P D p : (2)
h C d2
2
where dP is the time rate of change of the distance d . When the crate move s up the incline, dP < 0 and is equal
in magnitude to the speed of the crate, i.e., dP D v0 . Substituting this relation into Eq. (2), we obtain the
desired relation:
P D p dv
`
0
:
h2 C d 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.254
E
Let !BC denote the angular velocity of the relative position vector rC =B . As such, E
E
!BC is also the angular velocity of the connecting rod B C . Using the concept of
time derivative of a vector given in Section 2.4 on p. 80, determine the component
of the relative velocity of C with respect to B along the direction of the connecting
rod B C .
Solution
We now observe that ! EBC uO C=B is perpendicular to uO C=B . Therefore the component
of vEC=B along the direction u O C=B is
Component of vC=B along B CE D 0:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.255
The piston head at C is constrained to move along the y axis. Let the crank AB be
rotating counterclockwise at a constant angular speed 2000 rpm, R 3:5 in:, PD D
and L D
5:3 in: Determine expressions for the velocity and acceleration of C as a
function of and the given parameters.
Solution
Using the diagram at the right and the law of cosines, we have
where we have used the identity sin2 D 1 cos2 . To determine the appropriate root,
observe that for D 0 we expect y C D R C L. Therefore, we have
yC D R cos C L2 R2 sin2 :
p (2)
P P
R2 cos
yC R
P D
sin
Cp L2
2
R 2 sin
: (3)
Recalling that vC E D P O
yC | , and recalling that R 3:5 in: D D 3:5
12 ft, L D 5:3 in: D 5:3
12 ft, and PD
2000 rpm 2000 260D
rad=s, we can evaluate Eq. (3) to obtain
17:82 cos
E D
vC sin 61:09 C p 2
O
| ft =s:
0:1951 0:08507 sin
4 0:2917 cos
aC
E D 1:279 10 ( " Cp
cos 1 0:1951 0:08507 sin2
!
0:02481 cos2 sin 0:2917 sin
#)
C sin 3=2
p | ft =s2 :
O
sin2 0:1951 0:08507 sin2
0:1951 0:08507
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.257
Solution
Hence, substituting Eqs. (2) and (5) into Eqs. (4) and simplifying , we have
v0 . C d cos C h sin /
PD v0 .h cos d sin /
C cos /2 C .h C sin /2 and rP D .d C cos /2 C .h C sin /2 :
.d
(6) p
To find expressions for rR and R we must take the time derivative of Eqs. (6) and then replace P with its
expressions in the last of Eqs. (5). Doing so, after simplification, yields the following expres sions:
RD
r
v02 .
C d cos C h sin /.d 2 C h2 C d cos3=2C h sin / ;
.d C cos /2 C .h C sin /2
v0 .d C h2 2 /.d sin h cos /
2 2
R D 2 :
.d C cos /2 C .h C sin /2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.258
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, we will use the Cartesian coordinate system
shown with srcin at the fixed pulley O . The length of the rope can be descri bed
as q
L D xA C yB C xA2 C h2 : (1)
We will denote quantities evaluated at the initial and final positions of the
system by the subscripts 1 and 2 , respectively. Because the length of the rope is
constant, we set the expressions of the length of the rope corresponding to the
initial and final positions of the system equal to each other. Initially, we have
D
xA1 w . In addition, we have yB2 yB1 d D D
0:75 m. Hence, referring to
Eq. (1), we have
w C yB1 C
p w2 C h2 D xA2 C yB2 C
q C 2
xA2 h2
xA2 d w w2 h2 x2 h2
) C p p C 2
D q Cp A2
) xA22 C d w C C w2 h2 2xA2 d w w2 C h2 D xA22 C h2: (2)
h2 d
w
p w 2 C h 2 2
xA2 D pw 2 C h 2 : (3)
2 d w
The expression above gives the position of A corresponding to the final position achieved by B as given by
the problem statement . Because A and B are connected by an inextensible rope that is assumed not to go
slack, the time taken by B to achieve its final position will be equal to the time taken by A to achieve its final
position. With this in mind, letting t denote the time to be determined, and recallin g that the velocity of A is
constant, we then have
h2 d w
pw 2 C h 2 2
w
xA2 D xA1 v0 t ) t
D v0 2v0d w pw2 C h2 ) t D 0:1556 s,
where we have used the fact that xA1 D w , and where we have used the following numerical data: v 0 D 3 m=s,
h D 2:7 m, d D 0:75 m, and w D 2:3 m.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.259
Solution
We will use the Cartesian coordinate system shown at the right with srcin at
the fixed pulley O . The length of the rope can be described as
L D xA C yB C
q xA2 C h2 : (1)
Since the length of the rope is constant, differentiating the above equation with
respect to time, we have
P xA xA yPB xA2 C h2
q
0 D xPA C yPB C ) q xPA D : (2) q
xA2 C h2 xA C xA2 C h2
E D
vA 3:078 { O ft=s:
Taking the derivative with respect to time of the last of Eqs. (2), after simplification, we have
R
yB
qC xA2 h2 P
yB
2 x
A
qC xA2 h2
R D
xA q C x q 2
: (3)
xA C C xA2 h 2
A C C xA2 h2
2
Since aA E DR O
xA { , recalling that yB v0 P D D 5 ft=s, yRB D a 0 D 1 ft=s , and h D 10 ft, we can evaluate the
last of Eq. (3) for x D D
w 8 ft to obtain
2
E D
aA O
0:8931 { ft =s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.260
to
of do this itusing
work) a constant
is found that thevalue
arm of forthe
catches which
egg (after R
at t a0:4391
fair bits D
for RD13:27 rad=s2 . Using these values of t and , determine R
the acceleration of both the hand and the egg at the time of catch.
Then, explain whether or not using a constant value of , as has R
been proposed, is an acceptable strategy.
Solution
Since the trajectory of C is a straight vertical line, C .t/ is related to y C .t/ as follows:
time of catch. To determine these values, we begin by denoting by tf the time of catch, where the subscript
f stands for ‘final.’ Since the egg is falling under the action of gravity, using constant acceleration equations,
for t D
tf , the y coordinate of the egg is given by
1 2
ye .tf / D y e .0/ 2 gtf ; (5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
D
where y e .0/ 0:6 m is the initial vertical position of the egg. At the time of catch we must have y e .tf / D
yC .tf /. Therefore, setting t D
tf in Eq. (3), replacing yC .tf / with the right-hand side of Eq. (5), and solving
for C .tf /, we have
" 2ye .0/ gtf2
#
C .tf / D tan1 2d
: (6)
P
Next, we determine an expression for C .tf /. To do so, we different iate Eq. (2) and evaluate it for t D tf :
P
C .tf / D RC tf : (7)
Substituting Eq. (7) into the last of Eqs. (4), at the time of catch, we have
2
Recalling that tf D 0:4391 s, d D 0:5 m, g D 9:81 m=s , and y e .0/ D 0:6 m, we can evaluate C .tf / in
Eq. (6) (this gives C .tf / D 34:66 ı ) and then use it, along with RC D 13:27 rad=s , in Eq. (8) to obtain
2
R
yC
ˇ t D0:4391 s
D 44:51 m=s
2
:
jR j jR j
Since, at the time of catch, the acceleration yC > ye , the arm and egg will only be in contact for an instant
and will then separate again. Consequently, the proposed strategy is not acceptable for catching the egg.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.261
Solution
After they rendez vous, the relati ve acceleration of the arm with respect to the egg must be zero. If ye < yC R R
then the arm and egg will separate right after the catch . If ye > yC the egg will experience a jerk. R R
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.266
Solution
E D RP uO R C RP uO C Ṕ uO ´:
v (1)
Since the speed of the airplane is constant and equal v 0 , using Eq. (2) we can write
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.267
Solution
Referring to the figure at the right, we define a fixed cylindrical coordinate system
with the ´ axis coinciding with the propeller’s shaft, R direction perpendicular to
the shaft and going from the ´ axis to the point whose acceleration we want to
O O O
measure, and such that the triad . uR ; u ; u´ / is right-handed . Next, we recall that
in cylindrical coordinates the acceleration is given by the following formula:
Substituting the above information in the formula for the acceleration we have
ED
a R P 2 uO R D . 1:728 10
5
ft=s2 / uR :
O (3)
2
a
ˇ Eˇ D 17;280 ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.271
A golfer chips the ball on a flat, level part of a golf course as shown. Letting
˛ 23 ı , ˇ 41 ı , and the initial speed be v 0 6 m=s, determine the x and y
D D D
coordinates of the place where the ball will land.
Solution
x D x 0 C xP 0 t; y D y 0 C yP0 t; and ´ D ´ 0 C Ṕ 0 t 12 gt 2 :
At time t D 0 the ball is at the srcin of our coordinate syst em so x0 D y 0 D ´ 0 D 0 . The initial compone nts
of the velocity are
1 2
x D .v0 cos ˇ cos ˛/t; y D .v 0 cos ˇ sin ˛/t; and ´ D .v0 sin ˇ/t 2 gt :
To determine the location of landing, we observe that the ´ coordinate of the landing spot must be ´ D 0.
Next we find the time corresponding to ´ 0 , i.e., D
´ D .v0 sin ˇ/t 1 2
2 gt D0 ) t D 2v0 gsin ˇ :
The x and y components of the position corresponding to this time are
2
D v0 sin 2ˇ cos ˛
2v ˇ 0 sin
xland D .v 0 cos ˇ cos ˛/ ) xland D 3:345 m;
2v g ˇ 2
g
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.272
Solution
The problem gives the radial and vertical coordinates of point G , which are
R D d C 12 L cos ˇ and ´ D 1
2 L sin ˇ: (1)
v R uR R u ´ u´ : (3)
ED P O C PO CP O
The quantities RP and Ṕ can be computed by differentiating Eqs. (2) with respect to time. This process, while
possibly tedious, is straightforward and gives
P
As far as is concerned, we observe that the whole system rotate s in the direction with a constant angular
velocity ! s :
PD D
!s constant: (6)
Recalling that d D 0:5 m, L D 0:6 m, ! s D 10 rad=s, ˇ 0 D 0:3 rad, and ! D 2 rad=s, for t D 3 s, we can
evaluate the first of Eqs. (2) as well as Eqs. (4)–(6) to obtain
Using the results in Eqs. (7) we can evaluate Eq. (3) to obtain the velocity at t D 3 s:
vE D .0:04869 uO R C 7:961 uO O
0:2999 u´ / m=s:
E D RR
a P O C RR C 2RP P uO C Ŕ uO ´:
R 2 ur (8)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
P P
We have already computed the terms R , R , . Hence, we only need to determine the terms R , , and R R Ŕ to
compute the acceleration of point G . Differentiating Eqs. (4)–(6) with respect to time we have
R
˚
P D 2Lˇ0! 2 sin.2!t/ sinŒˇ0 sin.2!t/ ç ˇ0 cosŒˇ0 sin.2!t/ ç cos2.2!t/ ; (9)
R D 0 (10)
˚
Ṕ D 2Lˇ0! 2 sin.2!t/ cosŒˇ0 sin.2!t/ ç C ˇ0 sinŒˇ0 sin.2!t/ ç cos2.2!t/ ; (11)
Again recalling that d D 0:5 m, L D 0:6 m, ! s D 10 rad=s, ˇ 0 D 0:3 rad, and ! D 2 rad=s, for t D 3 s, we
can evaluate Eqs. (9)–(11) for t D 3 s wo obtain
2 2
R RD 0:1798 m=s ; R D 0; and Ŕ D 0:8120 m=s : (12)
Hence, using Eqs. (7) and (12), we can evalua te the expression in Eq. (8) for t D 3 s to obtain
E D.
a 79:79 uR O C 0:9738 uO 0:8120 u´ / m=s2 :
O
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
where we have used the expression for r in Eq. (3). Recalling that v 0 450 mph 450 5280
3600 ft =s, ` D D D
D D
5 mi 5.5280/ ft, and h 10;000 ft, and using Eqs. (4), we can evaluate Eqs. (8)–(1 0) to obtain
P D 0; P D 0;
r and PD 0:01768 rad=s:
The second of Eqs. (1) states that all of the components of the acceleration are equal to zero. Therefore, we
have
D rR r P2 r P 2 sin2 D 0
ar ) rR D r P2 C r P 2 sin2 ; (11)
rP
a D r R sin C 2rP P sin C 2r P P cos D 0 ) R D 2 P 2P P .tan /1 : (13)
r
6 R D 0:
R D 11:27 ft=s ; R D 78:10
r 2
10 rad=s2 ; and
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.274
A carnival ride called the octopus consists of eight arms that rotate about the ´ axis at the constant angular
velocity PD D
6 rpm. The arms have a length L 22 ft and form an angle with the ´ axis. Assuming that
D C
varies with time as .t / 0 1 sin !t with 0 70:5ı , 1 25:5ı , and ! 1 rad=s, determine
D D D
the magnitude of the accelera tion of the outer end of an arm when achieves its maximum value.
Solution
Since 0 and 1 are positive, the function .t / D 0 C 1 sin !t is maximum when sin !t D 1:
D max D 0 C 1 for !t D .=2/ rad: (1)
D rR r P2 r P 2 sin2 ;
ar
To use these equations we need the values of r , rP , rR , P , R , P , and R for D max . First we observe that
r D L D costant ) rP D 0 and rR D 0: (3)
where we have used the fact that, for D , sin !t D 1 and cos !t D 0 . Recalling that the magnitude of
q max
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.275
Solution
We use the the cylindrical coordinate system implied by the problem’s figure. Next we recall that the general
expressions for the velocity and acceleration in cylindrical coordinates are as follows:
E D RP uO R C RP uO C Ṕ uO ´
v
P O C RR C 2RP P uO C Ŕ uO ´:
and aE D RR R 2 uR
(1)
The problem is solved by determining all of the terms in the expressions for vE and aE and then substituting the
terms in question into the above equations .
We begin by determining the terms related to the coordinate R . We are told that R D ´ tan ˇ . Hence,
recalling that ˇ is constant, we have
Next we consider the terms related to . Specifically, we start with the constraint equation R 2 P D K , and
obtain
K D R 2P ) P D RK2 D ´2 tan
K
) R D
2K
:
Ṕ (3)
2ˇ ´3 tan2 ˇ
Substituting the first two of Eqs. (2) and the second of Eqs. (3) into the first of Eqs. (1), we have
K
v E D Ṕ tan ˇ uO R C ´ tan ˇ
O C Ṕ uO ´:
u
Substituting Eqs. (2) and the last two of Eqs. (3) into the second of Eqs. (1), we have
K2
aE D Ŕ tan ˇ
´3 tan3 ˇ
O C Ŕ uO ´:
uR
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.276
Solution
We use the cylindrical coordinate system implied by the problem’s figure. Next we recall that the general
expressions for the velocity and acceleration in cylindrical coordinates are as follows:
E D RP uO R C RP uO C Ṕ uO ´
v
P O C RR C 2RP P uO C Ŕ uO ´:
and aE D RR R 2 uR
(1)
The problem is solved by determining all of the terms in the expressions for vE and aE and then substituting the
terms in question into the above equations .
We begin by determining the terms related to the coordinate R . Since we are told that R D f.´/ , and
keeping in mind that ´ D ´.t/ , using the chain rule, we have
dR d´ 2
) RP D Ṕ df and RR D d Ṕ df ) RR D Ŕ df C Ṕ 2 d f2 : (2)
RP D
d´ dt d´ dt d´ d´ d´
Next we consider the terms concerning the coordinate . Recalling that we have the constra int equation
K D R 2P . Hence, we can write
K d P d´
K D R 2 P ) P D 2
f .´/
) R D
d´ dt
D f 32K df
.´/ d´
Ṕ :
(3)
Recalling that R D P
f.´/ , substituting the expression for R from Eqs.(2) along with the expression for P
from Eqs. (3) into the first of Eqs. (1) we have
vE D df
d´
K
Ṕ uO r C f.´/ uO C Ṕ uO ´ :
2 K2
E D Ŕ C Ṕ 2 dd´f2
a
f 3 .´/
uR O C Ŕ uO ´:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.277
velocity normal
and opposite in to the walltoright
direction the after
same impact is equal
component of in magnitude
velocity right
before impact. Accounting for the effect of gravity, determine the
coordinates of the point on the front wall that will be hit by the ball
after rebounding off the left wall.
Solution
From P to the left wall the racquetball undergoes projectile motion and therefore the components of the
ball’s acceleration in the given coordinate system are ax D
0 , ay 0 , and a´ g. In turn, the coordinate s D D
of the ball as a function of time are
where xP D 35 ft, yP D 16 ft, and ´P D 1 ft. Next, the initial compone nts of velocity are
1 2
x D xP .v0 cos ˇ sin /t; y D yP .v0 cos ˇ cos /t; and ´ D ´P C .v0 sin ˇ/t 2 gt : (3)
Letting the subscript lw stand for ‘left wall’, we must have y.tlw / D 0 so that
yP D 0 ) t D v0 cosyˇP cos D 0:2696 s:
.v0 cos ˇ cos /tlw (4)
lw
where, in Eqs. (4)–(6), we have used the fact that x P D 35 ft, yP D 16 ft, ´P D 1 ft, v0 D 90 mph D
90 5280 ı ı
3600 ft =s, ˇ D 8 , and D 63 .
After impact the x and y components of velocity are
P D
xlw v0 cos ˇ sin and P D v 0 cos ˇ cos :
ylw (7)
The ´ component of velocity after impact is calculated with the constant acceleratio n equation v D v0 C at .
Ṕ D v 0 sin ˇ
lw gt lw: (8)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
After the impact with the left wall, the ball is again in projectile motion. Hence, the equations describ ing the
motion of the ball after the impact are
where we have “reset” the time variable so that t D 0 now corresponds to when the ball bounces off the the
left wall. We are now ready to consider the impact of the ball with the front wall. Letting the subscript fw
stand for ‘front wall’, we must have x .t / D 0 , so that fw
x lw
x Dx .v0 cos ˇ sin /t D 0 ) t D
fw lw fw D 0:03089 s: (10)
fw
v0 cos ˇ sin
In summary, the coordinates of the point on the front wall that is impacted by the ball, we have
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.278
D rR r P2 r P 2 sin2 ;
ar
E D rP uO r C r P uO C r P sin uO D v r uO r C v uO C v uO :
v (2)
Then, under the assumption that v r is constant, for the radial coordinate r we have
Next we proceed to determine the values of , P , and R at t D 30 s. To do so, referring to Eq. (2), we
start from the consideration that v D r P . Hence, using the expression for r in the last of Eqs. (3) we have
The last two of Eqs. (5) will allow us to compute P and R at t D 30 s. However, we also need the value of
at t D 30 s. To compute such a value we now proceed to integrat e the second of Eqs. (5) with respect to time.
This gives
Using the last of Eqs. (6) and the last two of Eqs. (5) we then have
6
.30 s/ D 76:86ı; P .30 s/ D 0:001674 rad=s; and R
.30 s/ D 9:086 10 rad=s2 ; (7)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
where we have used the following numerical data: r.0/ D 15 km D 15;000 m, rP.0/ D 350 km=h D
350 1000
3600 m =s, .0/ 80 ı , and .0/ 0:002 rad=s.
D P D
Next we proceed to determine the values of P , and R at t D 30 s. We start from the fact that v D r P sin
is assumed to be constant. Hence, we have
P
P
r.t/ .t / sin .t / D r.0/ P .0/ sin .0/ ) P .t / D r.0/r.t/ .0/sinsin .t/.0/
P
) R D r.0/ .0/ sin .0/fPr.t/2 sin 2.t / C r.t/Œ cos .t/çP .t /g :
r .t/ sin .t/
(8)
In conclusion, substituting Eqs. (4), (7), and (9) into Eqs. (1), for t D 30 s we have
2 2 2
ar D 0:1598 m=s ; a D 0:1884 m=s ; and a D 0:2232 m=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.279
Solution
To plot the trajectory of the airplane we need to find expressions for the coordinates of the airplane as a
function of time. Clearly, this must be done while enforcing the condition that the velocity components
remain constant during the time interval of interest. For this purpose, we consider the general expression for
the velocity in spherical coordinates , which is
E D rP uO r C r P uO C r P sin uO D v r uO r C v uO C v uO :
v (1)
Then, under the assumption that v r is constant, for the radial coordinate r we have
r.0/ P .0/
v D r P D constant D r.0/ P .0/; ) P D
: (3)
r.0/ r.0/t
Then, to determine .t/ we now proceed to integrate the last of Eqs. (3) with respect to time. This gives CP
P D ddt D r.0/r.t/P .0/ ) P
.t/ .0/ D
Z t
r.0/ .0/
dt
0 CP
r.0/ r.0/t
where r.0/ D 15 km D 15;000 m, rP.0/ D 350 km=h, .0/ D 80 ı , and P .0/ D 0:002 rad=s.
Next we try and provide an expression for .t /. We start from the fact that v D r P sin is assumed to
be constant. Hence, we have
P
P
r.t/ .t / sin .t / D r.0/ P .0/ sin .0/ ) P .t / D r.0/r.t/ .0/sinsin .t/.0/ : (5)
Although the expressions for r.t/ and .t/ are currently known, even if one were to substitute these
expressions into the above equation, we would obtain an expression for that cannot be integrated with P
respect to time in closed-form. Hence, we must proceed to integrate with respect to time numerically. This
can be done with appropriate mathematical softwa re. We have used Mathematica as described below. Once
r.t/ , .t/, and .t / are known, in order to plot the trajectory of the airplane, we need to transform the
spherical coordinates into corresponding Cartesian coordinates. We do so using the following relations:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
The code provided below first defines the known parameters of the problem. Then the functions giving r.t/
and .t/ are stated, followed by the instructions necessary to determine .t/. Once the solution for .t/ is
obtained, the spherical coordinates of the airplane are transformed into corresponding Cartesian coordinates
and the resulting trajectory is plotted for 0 < t < 150 s. Referring to the plot of the trajectory, the airplane is
moving from the upper right to the lower left.
Executing the above code yields the following plot (except for the labels “start” and “finish”):
start
finish
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.280
The velocity and acceleration of point P expressed relative to frame A at some time t are
E
vP =A D .12:5 {OA C 7:34 |OA/ m=s and E
aP =A D .7:23 {OA 3:24 |A / m=s2 :
O
Knowing that frame B does not move relative to frame A , determine the expressions for the velocity
and acceleration of P with respect to frame B . Verify that the speed of P and the magnitude of P ’s
acceleration are the same in the two frames.
Solution
To express the velocity and acceleration vectors relative to the reference frame B , the base vectors of frame A
need to be expressed in terms of the base vectors of frame B . Because of the orientation of frame B relative
to A , we have
Substituting the expressions in Eqs. (1) into the given expres sion for the velocity of P , we have
E
vP =B D ˚ Œ12:5 cos.15ı / 7:34 sin.15ı /ç {B O C Œ12:5 sin.15ı/ C 7:34 cos.15ı/ç |OB m=s: (2)
The magnitude of vP =B is E
vB=P D
q Œ12:5 cos.15ı / 7:34 sin.15ı /ç2
C Œ12:5 sin.15ı/ C 7:34 cos.15ı/ç m=s
q
12:5 2 Œcos2 .15ı / C sin2 .15ı /ç C 7:342 Œcos2 .15ı / C sin2 .15ı /ç m=s
D
D 12:52 C 7:342 m=s D vP =A; (3)
p
where we have used the trigonometric identity sin2 ˛ C cos2 ˛ D 1 . Equation (3) states that the speed of P
as seen by the two frames is the same. Evaluating Eqs. (2) and (3), we have
E
vP =B D .10:17 {OB C 10:33 |OB / m=s and vP =B D vP =A D 14:50 m=s:
Substituting Eqs. (1) into the given expression for the acceleration of P , we have
E
aP =B D ˚ Œ7:23 cos.15ı / C 3:24 sin.15ı/ç {OB C Œ7:23 sin.15ı/ 3:24 cos.15ı /ç |B m=s2 :
O (4)
The magnitude of aP =B is E
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
D
q 7:232 Œcos2 .15ı / C sin2 .15ı /ç C 3:242 Œcos2 .15ı / C sin2 .15ı /ç m=s 2
E
aP =B D .7:822 {OB 1:258 |B / m=s2
O and E
aP =B D aEP =A D 7:923 m=s : 2
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.281
Solution
E D rE.t2t2/ rtE1.t1/ :
vavg
(1)
Next, we compute the velocity of P by differentiating the position vector r.t/ with respect to time. This gives E
1
C 1 C4 t |O
vE D pt {O C 4t ft=s: (3)
N
To determine t we then need to solve the equation
vx .t /N D p1 N ft=s D 0:4495 ft=s; (4)
t
which, can be solved for t to obtain N
N D 4:949 s:
t (5)
Substituting the result in Eq. (5) to compute the y component of the velocity vector in Eq. (3), we have
While it is always possible for a scalar function to find a value of time t at which the function is equal to its N
average
works forover a time
every interval
scalar containing
component t , when itnot
is, in general, comes N
to a vector function, finding a common time that
possible.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.282
Solution
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.283
the vx component
wavy path s (e.g., the speed of sound).
Find theatexpressio
a constant speed
n for of the crack tip velocity
as a function of v s , , h , and x .
Solution
Using the coordinate system shown , the velocity of the crack tip has the form v E D xP {O C yP |O . Hence, letting
vs be the speed of the crack, we must have
vs
q
D xP 2 C yP 2: (1)
vs
s
D xP 2 C
2h xP 2 x
cos
2
s
D jPxj 1 C
2h 2 x
cos
2
; (3)
vs
xPD q ;
2 C 4h 2 2 cos2 2x
P
where we have chosen x to be positive since the crack is assumed to propagate in the positive x direction.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.284
va D 1
Z
vx dx:
0
Solution
To solve this problem we need to first determine the x component of the velocity of the crack tip. Once, we
determine an expression for v x , then we will solve the equation stated in the problem numeri cally for h .
We begin by observing that, using the coordinate system shown, the veloci ty of the crack tip has the form
v
E D xP {O C yP |O . Hence, letting vs be the speed of the crack, we must have
vs D xP 2 C yP 2 :
q (1)
P q
where we have chosen x to be positive since the crack is assumed to propagate in the positive x direction.
Now, that v x is known, using the formula for v a given in the problem statement, we have
D 1
Zq
vs
Zq
vs
va
0 2 C 4h 2 2 cos2 2x
dx D 0 2 C 4h 2 2 cos2 2x
dx : (5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
2
Recall that we have v s 800 m=s, v a D 3 vs , and D D
100 m. Hence, since the variable x in Eq. (5) has
the role of dummy variable of integration, Eq. (5) is an equation in the single unknown h . The equation
in question is an integral equation and can be solved numerically using appropriate mathematical software.
We have used Mathematica with the code given below . As is often the case with the numerical solut ion
of equations, we had to supply Mathematica with an initial guess for the solution. Since the quantity h is
expected to be of the same order of a few m, our guess for h was set to 1 m.
6
h D 29:43 10 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.285
Solution
We begin by obtaining an expression for the velocity of the peg as a function of time. Since the acceleration
is given as a function of time, we can integrate it as follows:
v D xP .0/ C
Z t
a0 .2 cos 2! t ˇ sin !t/dt
0
D a0 !ˇ C 0:3 m=s C a0
2
C !ˇ cos !t ˇ
) v
2!
sin 2! t a0
!
; (1)
To find the distance traveled, we need to establish if and when the peg switches direction during the time
interval considered. This can be easily done by using any appropriate mathematical software that can plot the
function v over the time interval considered. Recalling that a 0 D 3:5 m=s , ! D 0:5 rad=s, and ˇ D 1:5, we
2
have used Mathematica with the following code:
As can be seen from the above plot, the velocity changes sign near t 3 s. Hence, we need to solve the D
equation v D
0 to determine where exactly the sign switch occurs. Because the expressi on we have for v
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Using this result, and letting d denote the distance traveled, we have
d D
Z 3:166 s a 0
cos !t.2 sin !t Cˇ/C0:3 m=s
dt
Z 5s a 0
cos !t.2 sin !t Cˇ/ C0:3 m=s
dt: (4)
0 ! 3:166 s !
The above integrals can be computed either numerica lly or analytically. Since this is a computer problem, we
have chosen to carry out the integration numerically. We have used Mathematica with the following code:
d D 52:81 m:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.286
The acceleration of an object in rectilinear free fall while immersed in a linear viscous
fluid is a D
g Cd v= m, where g is the acceleration of gravity, C d is a constant
drag coefficient, v is the object’s velocity, and m is the object’s mass. Letting v 0 D
and s D
0 for t D
0 , where s is position and t is time, determine the position as a
function of time.
Solution
The acceleration is given as a function of velocity. Recalling that a D dv=dt , we can separate the time and
velocity variables as follows:
dt D dva )
Z t
dt D
Z v
dv
) t D Cmd ln
1
Cd
v ; (1)
0 0 g Cd v= m mg
where we have enforced the condition that v D 0 for t D 0 . We now solve the last of Eqs. (1) for v . This
gives
Cd mg
Cd
Cd
e m t
D1 v ) v D Cd 1 e m t
: (2)
mg
Now that we have velocity as a function of time, we recall that v D ds=dt , so that we can separate the
variables s and t by writing
s t
mg Cd
ds v dt ds e t
D ) ZD 0 D Cd Z0
1 m
dt; (3)
where we have enforced the condition that s 0 for t D 0. Carrying out the above integration and
simplifying, we have
D mg
Cd
s Cd t Cm e m t
1 :
C2 d
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.287
percent increase
i.e., when c 0 . in stopping time with respect to dry conditions,
D
Hint:
Zp 1
dx D log x C
pC 1 x2 :
1 C x2
Solution
We are given the acceleration as a function of position. We will first relate the acceleration to the velocity
using the chain rule, and then relate the velocity to position:
D ddssP ds
a
v s
) a D ddssP sP ) a ds D sP d sP ) v sP d sP D 0 .k cs/ g ds; (1)
Z Z
dt 0
where v D sP, v D v 0 for s D 0 , and where we have used the given expression of the acceleration in that last
of Eqs. (1). Carrying out the integration, we have
g s g c
2 v2 1
1 2 v0
2 D 2c .cs k /2 ) v D g v02 C .cs k /2 2k :
ˇ 0
rr c (2)
This result will be needed later. We now determine the expression for the stopping position of the car, which
we will denote by sf (f stands for final). Setting v D
0 for s sf in Eq. (2), and solving for sf , we have D
s cv 02
sf D ck ˙ c1 2k
g
: (3)
Only the smaller of the two roots in Eq. (3) makes physical sense (once the car stops, it will not stop at an
increased position). Hence, we select the following root:
k 1
s cv 02
sf D 2k : (4)
c c g
Note that we could have identified the correct the solution to choose by evaluating the two roots numerically.
Recalling that k 0:5, c 0:015 m1 , g
D 9:81 m=s2 , and v0
D 45 km=h 45 1000
D
3600 , the roots D D
corresponding to the minus and plus signs are sf 26:31 m and sf 40:35 m, respectively. D D
We now go back to Eq. (2) and proceed to determine the relatio n between position and time. To do so, we
recall that v D
ds=dt . Observing that we have the velocity as a function of position, we can separate the
variables s and t as follows: d t
Z D Dr Z q
ds=v . Hence, using Eq. (2), we have
tf
dt
c sf ds
; (5)
0 g 0 c 2
C .cs k /2 2k
g v0
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
where we have enforced the condition that s 0 for t D D 0 and we have denoted by tf the time at which the
car comes to a stop. To carry out the integration, we let
x D cs k ) ds D c1 d x: (7)
For s 0 we have x k and for s sf we have x c sf k . Hence, Eq. (5) becomes
D D D 1 Z cs D k
pAdxC x 2 :
f
tf D p (8)
cg k
: (10)
0 k
tf D 5:839 s: (11)
Comparing this result to that in Eq. (11), we find the percent increase to be
tfdry
100 ) Stopping time percent increase D 129:1%.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.288
The acceleration of a particle of mass m suspended by a linear spring with spring constant
k and unstretched length L 0 (when the spring length is equal to L 0 , the spring exerts
no force on the particle) is given by x RD
g .k=m/.x L0 /. Assuming that at t 0 D
the particle is at rest and its position is x D
0 m, derive the expression of the particle’s
position x as a function of time. Hint: A good table of integrals will come in handy.
Solution
k 2 kL0
1 2
P D gx C ) PD
r k 2
C 2kL 0
2m2xx
m
x x 2gx
m
x
m
x:
P
Now that we have x as a function of x , we relate it to time as follows:
P D dx )
Z t
D
Z x
dx
Zr x
dx
x
dt 0
dt
0 x P ) t D 0
x 2kL0
C 2g
k
m x2
:
m
Now we let A D mk
2kL0
C 2g D 2
L0 C gkm and we rewrite the expression for t as follows:
m
rZm x
dx
r m p x ˇˇ
pA x x :
t D pAx ) t D2 tan1
k 0 x2 k 0
Now making use of the trigonometric identity sin 2 . =2/ D 12 .1 cos /, we can express x as
r !
t k
" r !#
x D A sin2 2 m
) x D A2 1 cos
k
m
t :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.289
In a movie scene involving a car chase, a car goes over the top of a ramp
at A and lands at B below. Letting ˛ 18 ı and ˇ 25 ı , determine the
D D
speed of the car at A if the car is to be airborne for a full 3 s. Furthermore,
determine the distance d covered by the car during the stunt, as well as
the impact speed and angle at B . Neglect aerodynamic effects. Express
your answer using the U . S . Customary system of units.
Solution
Using constant accele ration equations , we have that the coordinates of the (airborne) car as a function of time
are
We want to satisfy the condition that y D 0 at t D tf D 3 s, where the subscript f stands for flight.
1 2 gtf cos ˇ
0
D v0 sin.˛ C ˇ/tf 2 g cos ˇ tf ) v0 D 2 sin.˛ C ˇ/ : (5)
Recalling that g D 32:2 ft=s , tf D 3 s, ˇ D 25ı , and ˛ D 18ı , we can evaluate the result in the last of
2
gtf cos ˇ
d D 2 sin cos .˛ C ˇ/tf C 12 g sin ˇ tf2 ) d D 202:1 ft. (6)
.˛ C ˇ/
To find the impact speed and the impact angle, we need to determine the velocit y at impact. To do so, we
use the constant acceleration equation v v 0 ac t to obtain D C
E D Œv0 cos.˛ C ˇ/ C g sin ˇ tf ç {O C Œv0 sin.˛ C ˇ/
vi g cos ˇ tf ç | O
cos ˇ 1
v gt 2 sin ˇ { gt cos ˇ | ; (7)
) Ei D tan.˛ C ˇ/ C
f
O 2 f O
where we have used the expression for v 0 in the last of Eqs. (5). Therefore, the impact speed is
s cos ˇ
2
vi D gtf 2 tan.˛ C ˇ/
C sin ˇ C 41 cos2 ˇ: (8)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Recalling that g D 32:2 ft=s , tf D 3 s, ˇ D 25ı, and ˛ D 18ı, we can evaluate the result in Eq. (8) to
2
obtain
vi D 98:08 ft=s:
We now compute the impact angle of the car with the ground at B measuring it with respect to the slope. This
angle is given by
v 1
cos ˇ
iy
Impact angle D tan1
vix
D tan1 1
2 cos ˇ
2 tan.˛ C ˇ/
C sin ˇ : (9)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.290
Solution
For projectile motion we have the initial velocity and acceleration in the .x ; y/ coordinate system, i.e.,
1 2
x D v 0 cos t and y D v0 sin t 2 gt : (3)
For t D tD we have y.tD / D 0. Using this fact in the second of Eqs. (3), yields
2v0 sin
tD D : (4)
g
Then substituting Eq. (4) into the first of Eqs. (3) and setting x R , we obtain
v02
D
R D g
2 sin cos ) v02 D singR2 ; (5)
where we have used the trigonometric identity 2 sin cos sin 2 . Since we must have sin 2 D j j 1, we
have a corresponding condition on v 0 of the following form:
v0
p gR:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.292
A roller coaster travels over the top A of the track section shown with a
speed v D
60 mph. Compute the largest radius of curvature at A such
that the passengers on the roller coaster will experience weightlessness at
A.
Solution
To experience weightlessness, the passengers must be in free fall, i.e., their acceleration must be equal
to the acceleration of gravity . Since the tangent to the trajectory at A is horizontal, at A the direction of
acceleration must be toward C , i.e., it must be completely in the normal direction. With this in mind, using
normal-tangential components and recalling that the normal acceleration is given by v 2 = , we must have
v2 2
Dg ) D vg ) D 240:5 ft,
5280 2
where we have used the fact that v D 60 mph D 60 3600 ft =s and g D 32:2 ft=s .
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.293
Solution
Assuming that the center of the Earth is fixed and the Earth rotates as shown, the point P moves around a
circle centered at the spin axis of the Earth with radius P R E cos . The speed of vP P !E cos . D D
Therefore, the normal acceleration of P due to rotation is
2 2 2 2
aP n D vPP D !ERREEcoscos ) aP n D ! E2 RE cos D 0:03369 cos m=s , 2
(1)
2
where we have used the data R E 6371 km 6371 103 m and ! E
D 1 rev=dayD .24/.3600/
rad =s. We D D
now model the motion of the Earth around the Sun as a circular motion along a circle centered at the Sun
with radius R O and angular speed ! O . The speed of P due to this motion is the same as that of the Earth,
namely, v E D
R O !O . The corresponding normal accelera tion is
2 2 2
aE n D vEO D !ORRO O ) aEn D !O2 RO D 0:005942 m=s , 2
(2)
2
where we have used the data !O D 1 rev=year D rad =s and RO D 1:497 108 km D
.365/.24/.3600/
1497 108 m.
The latitude at which the acceleration due to the motion of the Earth around the Sun is equal to that due
to the Earth’s spin about its own axis is
2
! R
O O
2
!E RE cos D !O2 RO ) D cos1 2R
!E
: (3)
E
2
Recalling that R E D 6371 km D 6371 103 m, !E D 1 rev=day D .24/.3600/ rad =s, ! O D 1 rev=year D
2
rad =s, and R O D 1:497 108 km D 1497 108 m, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (3) to
.365/.24/.3600/
obtain
D 79:84ı :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.294
Solution
The minimum speed to lose contact with the ground is such that
2
vmin 2
Dg ) vmin D g.0/: (1)
To calculate the radius of curvature at the srcin of the coordinate system indicated in the problem’s figure we
use the following equation:
2 3=2 2 3=2 ˇˇ
1 C .dy=dx/ 1 C .0:006x/
.x/ D ˇ d 2 y=dx 2
ˇ ) .0/ D 0:006
D 166:7 m: (2)
x D0
Therefore
vmin D pg D 40:44 m=s: (3)
Since v 0 D 160 km=h D 44:44 m=s, we conclude that
The car will lose contact with the ground.
To evaluate this equation we need to express the path coordinate s in terms of the Cartesian coordinates x and
y . Taking advantage of the hint given in the problem, we can write
Z qC0 x p 0
C C 2x2 C 2C1 ln C x C 1 C C 2x2
sf D 1 .0:006x/ 2 dx D 1
p D 105:7 m;
100 m 2 100 m
(5)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
where C D 0:006 m . Using this result in Eq. (4), along with the fact that v0 D 160 km=h D 44:44 m=s
1
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
f
v
D 2rad ln D 4rad ln
f
0
)
v0
; (6)
where we have used Eq. (1) and the following property of logarithms: ln x n D n ln x. From Eq. (2) we see
that d =ds . Next recalling that an 8g and an v 2 =, we can write
D D D
dv
v2 D 8g ) 2v
ds
D 8g dds ) v
dv
ds
D 4g : (7)
We now observe that v dv is also the quantity v dv=dt . Therefore, we can write
ds PD
dv
D 4gdv :
dt
D 4g ) dt
(8)
Letting t D 0 correspond to the beginning of the maneuver, we have v D v 0 for t D 0 and v D vf for t D tf
so that we can integrate the last of Eqs. (8) as follows:
Z tf
dt D
Z vf
dv
) tf D vf4gv0 )
tf D .v16g
f v0 / rad
; (9)
0 v0 4g ln.vf =v0 /
where we have used the last of Eqs. (6). Recalling that we have g 9:81 m=s2 , v0 1100 km=h D D D
1100 1000
3600 m = s, and vf 800 km = h 800 1000
3600Dm = s, we can evaluateDthe last of Eqs. (9) to obtain
tf D 5:238 s:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.296
The mechan ism show n is called a swinging block slider cran k. First used in various steam lo-
comotive engines in the 1800s, this mechanism is often foun d in door-closing systems. Let
H D 1:25 m, R D
0:45 m, and r denote the distance between B and O . Assum-
ing that the speed of B is constant and equal to 5 m=s, determine r , , r , and when P P R R
180 ı .
D
Solution
vB E D rP uO r C r P uO : (2)
For D 180 ı , recalling that B is moving counterclockwise with the constant speed v 0 , we have
Eˇ
vB D180
D v0 uO ) D180 D R Cv0 H :
ı
Dr max
Pˇ
D180 ı
uO
Pˇ ı
(3)
Recalling that v 0 D 5 m=s, R D 0:45 m, and H D 1:25 m, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (3) to obtain
Next we recall that the general expression of the acceleration in polar coordinates is
aB
E D .rR r P2/ uO r C .r R C 2rP P/ uO : (4)
Recalling that, for D 180 ı , r D R C H , rP D 0 , and P takes on the expression in the last of Eqs. (3), Eq. (4)
reduces to
v02
ˇ ˇ ˇ
aEB D180 D rR D180 ı
uO r C Œ.R C H /R D180 ç uO :
ı
(5) ı
RCH
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Since B is in uniform circula r motion along a circle with center at A , the acceleration of B is always directed
toward A and, for 180 ı , we must have
D
ˇ v02
E
aB D180 ı
D
R
O
ur : (6)
Setting Eqs. (5) and (6) equal to each other component by component, we have
v02 v02
D v02 R C1 H 1
ˇ ˇ
R
r D180ı
RCH
D
R
) rR D180 ı
R
(7)
and
Recalling that v 0 D 5 m=s, R D 0:45 m, and H D 1:25 m, we can evaluate the last of Eqs. (7) and Eq. (8) to
obtain
ˇ
rR D180 D 40:85 m=s and R D180 D 0:
ı
2
ˇ ı
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.297
The cam is mounted on a shaft that rotates about O with constant angu-
lar velocity ! cam. The profile of the cam is descr ibed by the funct ion
`. / R0 .1 0:25 cos3 /, where the angle is measured relative
D C
to the segment OA, which rotates with the cam. Letting R0 3 cm, D
determine the maximum value of angular velocity !max such that the
maximum speed of the follower is limited to 2 m=s. In addition, com-
pute the smallest angle min for which the follower achieves it maximum
speed.
Solution
Let y denote the position of the follow er when in contact with the cam. In addition, let f (where the
subscript f stands for follo wer) denote the value of that identifies the radial line on the cam that goes from
point O to the follower. Hence, we have that the relation between f and is f 90 ı . Keeping in D
P
mind that y describes the velocity of the follower, we have
Since f P D P and P D !
cam , we have
y
P D P dd`f ) yP D
!cam d` : (2)
d f
Since ! cam is constant, y is maximum when dd` is maximum. Hence, taking the derivative of `. f / with
P f
respect to f , we have
d` 2
d f
D 0:75R0 cos f sin f : (3)
To maximize dd` , we differentiate the above quantity with respect to f and set the result equal to 0. This
f
gives
d 2`
d f2
D 1:5R0 cos f sin2 f 0:75R0 cos3 f D0 ) cos2 f 2 sin2 f D0
) sin f yP
ˇ Dp
max
1=3 and cos 2 f yP
ˇ
max
D 2=3: (4)
Thus, the maximum magnitude of Eq. (3) and the maximum magnitude of Eq. (2) are, respectively,
d` R0 !camR0
df
ˇ ˇ D 2p 3 and ymax
ˇP ˇD p 2 3 : (5)
max
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
P
Recalling that is given in Eq. (3), and substituting Eqs. (4) and (6) into Eq. (5), we obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.299
A plane is initially flying north with a speed v 0 430 mph relative to the ground D
while the wind has a constant speed v W D
12 mph in the north-south direction.
The plane performs a circular turn with radius of 0:45 mi. Assume that the D
airspeed indicator on the plane measures the absolute value of the component
of the relative velocity of the plane with respect to the air in the direction of
motion. Then determine the value of the tangential component of the airplane’s
acceleration when the airplane is halfway through the turn, assuming that the
airplane maintains constant the reading of the airspeed indicator. 3 3
Solution
Let the subscripts P and W denote quantities pertaining to the airplane and wind,
respectively. Then, referring to the figure on the right and using a normal tangential
component system, the velocity of the airplane and wind are
E D vP uO t
vP and E D vW .
vW cos O C sin uO n/:
ut (1)
E
vP =W D .vP C vW cos / uO t vW sin un : O (2)
Now we recall that the quantity measured by the airspeed indicator is the component of vP =W that is in the E
direction of motion, i.e.,
vai vP =A u t vP vW cos ; D jE O jD C
where the subscript ‘ ai’ stands for ‘airspeed indicator.’ Now, recalling that the measure of in radians is
The tangential component of acceleration is the time derivative of Eq. (4). Hence, we can write
2
at D 3:330 ft=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.300
A fountain has a spout that can rotate about O and whose angle ˇ is controlled so as to vary with time
according to ˇ ˇ0 Œ1 sin 2 .!t/ ç, with ˇ0
D C 15ı and ! D
0:4 rad=s. The length of the spo ut is D
D
L 1:5 ft, the water flow through the spout is constant, and the water is ejected at a speed v 0 6 ft=s, D
measured relative to the spout.
Determine the largest speed with which the water particles are released from the spout.
Solution
We define a polar coordinate system with srcin at O and transverse coordinate coinciding with ˇ . The
expression of the velocity of the water particle s as they leave the spout is given by
E D rP uO r C LˇP uO ˇ )
v v
q
D rP 2 C .Lˇ/P 2: (1)
where we have used the trigonometric identity 2 sin x cos x D sin .2x/ . Substituting Eqs. (2) into the last of
Eqs. (1) we obtain the following expression for the speed:
v D
q v02 C ŒLˇ0! sin.2!t/ ç2: (3)
From the above expression, recalling that v0 , ˇ0 , and ! are constant, we see that v is maximum when
sin.2!t/ is maximum. Since the sine function has maximum value equal to 1, we have
vmax D
q
C L2ˇ02! 2 ) v D 6:020 ft=s,v02 (4) max
where we have used the following numerical data: v 0 D 6 ft=s, L D 1:5 ft, ˇ 0 D 15 ı , and ! D 0:4 rad =s.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.301
A fountain has a spout that can rotate about O and whose angle ˇ is controlled so as to vary with time
according to ˇ ˇ0 Œ1 sin 2 .!t/ ç, with ˇ0
D C 15ı and ! D
0:4 rad=s. The length of the spo ut is D
D
L 1:5 ft, the water flow through the spout is constant, and the water is ejected at a speed v 0 6 ft=s, D
measured relative to the spout.
Determine the magnitude of the acceleration immediately before release when ˇ 15 ı . D
Solution
We define a polar coordinate system with srcin at O and transverse coordinate coinciding with ˇ . The
expression of the acceleration in polar coordinates is
E D .rR
a P O C .r ˇR C 2rP ˇ/P uO ˇ :
r ˇ 2 / ur (1)
Now, recalling that v 0 is constant, when the water particles leave the spout we have
where we have used the trigonometric identity 2 sin x cos x D sin.2x/ . Now, we observe that ˇ 0 D 15ı ,
and therefore for ˇ D 15ı , we must have ˇ D ˇ0 and sin.!t/ D 0, which implies sin.2!t/ D 0 and
cos.2!t/ 1 . Hence, for ˇ 15 ı , we have
D D
r D L; rP D v 0 ; rR D 0; ˇP D 0; and ˇR D 2! 2 ˇ0 ; (3)
aE D 2L! 2 ˇ0 uO ˇ : (4)
ı
Consequently, for ˇ D 15 , we have
where we have used the following numerical data: L D 1:5 ft, ˇ 0 D 15 ı , and ! D 0:4 rad=s.
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.302
A fountain has a spout that can rotate about O and whose angle ˇ is controlled so as to vary with time
according to ˇ ˇ0 Œ1 sin 2 .!t/ ç, with ˇ0
D C 15ı and ! D
0:4 rad=s. The length of the spo ut is D
D
L 1:5 ft, the water flow through the spout is constant, and the water is ejected at a speed v 0 6 ft=s, D
measured relative to the spout.
Determine the highest position reached by the resulting water arc.
Solution
E D v.cos ˇ {O C sin ˇ |O /:
v (1)
Once the water particles leave the spout, they are in projectile motion and the trajectory with the maximum
height is determine d both by the vertical component of the speed, i.e,
vy D v sin ˇ; (2)
E D rP uO r C LˇP uO ˇ )
v v
q
D rP 2 C .Lˇ/P 2: (3)
where we have used the trigonometric identity 2 sin x cos x D sin .2x/ . Substituting Eqs. (2) into the last of
Eqs. (3) we obtain the following expression for the speed:
vy D
q v02 C ŒLˇ0! sin.2!t/ ç2 sin ˇ0.1 C sin2 !t/: (6)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Now let h D C
h 1 h2 where h 1 is the height of the mouth of the spout with respect to the base of the spout,
and where h 2 is the maximum elevation of the water jet measured from the horizontal line going through the
mouth of the spout. Hence, for h 1 we have
By contrast, h2 is found using the constant acceleration equation v 2 D v02 C 2a.s s0 / in the vertical
direction. Recalling that vy D 0 for y D h 2 , we have
2
0 D v02 C ŒLˇ0! sin.2!t/ ç2 sin ˇ0 .1 C sin2 !t / 2gh 2 ;
Consequently, the expression for the height of the water jet as a function of time is
This function needs to be maximized. This can be done by differentiating h with respect to time and setting
the result equal to zero. Doing so, after simplificati on, yields the following equation:
ˇ0 ! n
2g
sin.2!t/ 2Lg cos ˇ0 .1C sin2 !t/ C 2Lˇ0 cos.2!t/ sin2 ˇ0.1 C sin2 !t/
C Œv02 C L2ˇ02 C ! 2 sin2.2!t/ ç sin 2ˇ0.1 C sin2 !t/ D 0 (10)
Recalling that we have L D 1:5 ft, ˇ 0 D 15 ı , ! D 0:4 rad=s, and g D 32:2 ft=s , and although this may 2
o
require plotting the terms within braces as a function of time, it turns out that the term within braces can
never be equal to zero. Hence, the solution of the above equation reduc es to the solution of the equation
Since the function ˇ D ˇ 0 .1 C sin2 !t/ is at a maximum for t D 2! ˙ n! the function h will also achieve
its maxima for t D 2! ˙ n! . In addition, since the function h is a periodic function with period ! , the values
of h for t D 2! ˙ n! are all identical to one another and we can therefore evaluate h
by simply letting max
t D 2! , i.e., for n D 0 . Hence, recalling that L D 1:5 ft, ˇ 0 D 15ı , ! D 0:4 rad=s, and g D 32:2 ft=s ,
2
for t D 2! D 1:250 s, we can evaluate h in Eq. (9) to obtain
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.305
Solution
C yA2 C yB :
L D
q d2 (1)
Ssquaring both sides of the above equation, with yB .tf / yB .0/ D h, we obtain
d2 C yA2 .tf / D d 2 C yA2 .0/ 2h
q d 2 C yA2 .0/ C h2 : (4)
yA .tf / D
r yA2 .0/
C yA2 .0/ D 0:1864 m;
C h2
q
2h d 2 (5)
where we have used the following numerical data: yA .0/ D l w D 3:75 m, h D 2 m, and d D 2:5 m. Next,
differentiating Eq. (1) with respect to time and solving for yPA , we have
yA yPA yPB
0 yB yA d 2 y2: (6)
D d C yA C P ) P D yA
2 2 q CA q
Now, we use the constant acceleration equation sP 2 D sP02 C 2ac .s s0 / to find yPB after B has traveled a
distance h . This gives p
2
yPB D 2a0h ) yPB D 2a0h D 4:775 m=s; (7)
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
where we have used the fact that yB a0 5:7 m=s2 and h R D D2 m. Then, using Eq. (5) and the last of D
Eqs. (7), and recalling that d D
2:5 m, we can evaluate Eq. (6) to obtain for t tf to obtain D
P
yA .tf / D 64:22 m=s: (8)
R D yyARB
yA
q d2 C yA2 C yPByy2PA
q d2 C yA2 q P CP
yB yA
:
A d2 yA2
Recalling that d 2:5 m and yB a 0 5:7 m=s2 , and using the (full precision) value of yA .tf / in Eq. (5),
D R D D
P
the (full precision) value of yA .tf / in Eq. (8), and the (full precision) value of yB .tf / in the last of Eqs. (7), P
we can evaluate the above expression for t tf to obtain D
2
R
yA .tf / D 22;080 m=s :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.306
Solution
Using a cylindrical coordinat e system with srcin at the propeller’s axis of rotation and ´ axis in the direction
of motion, the general expression for acceleration is
For the propeller tip we have R D d =2, RP D 0 , RR D 0 , Ŕ D a 0 , P D ! , and R D ˛ . Thus, the accelera tion is
d! 2
ED
a
2
uR O C d˛2 uO C a0 uO ´;
ˇEˇ D s
a
d! 2
2
2
d˛
C 2
2
C a02 ) ˇ Eˇ D
a 172;700 ft=s2 ,
where we have used the data a 0 D 12 ft=s , ! D 1500 rpm D 1500 260 rad=s, ˛ D 0:3 rad=s , and d D 14 ft.
2 2
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.307
A golfer chips the ball as show n. Treating ˛ , ˇ , and the initial speed v 0 as
given, find an expression for the radius of curvature of the ball’s trajectory as a
function of time and the given parameters. Hint: Use the Cartesian coordinate
system shown to determine the acceleration and the velocity of the ball. Then
reexpress these quantities, using normal-tangential components.
Solution
This is 3 -D projectile motion. We will follow the hint and develop equations both in Cartersian components
as well as in normal-tangential components. In Cartesian coordinates the components of acceleration are
x R D 0; yR D 0; and Ŕ D g:
Using constant acceleration equations, the velocity vector expressed in the . {; | ; k/ and . u t ; un ; ub / compo- OOO O O O
nent systems are
v D
q vx2 C vy2 C v´2 ) v D
q v02 C g 2t 2 2v0 gt sin ˇ; (1)
and where the tangent unit vector u t can be related to the base vectors of the Cartesian component system as
O
follows:
v0 cos ˇ cos ˛ v0 cos ˇ sin ˛ v0 sin ˇ gt O
ut O D {
v
| OC k:
v
(2) OC v
To express the acceleration in normal-tangential components, we will need an expression for the time
derivative of the speed. Hence, we proceed to differentiate v with respect to time, to obtain
g2t v0 g sin ˇ
vPD q
D gv gt v0 sin ˇ :
(3)
v02 C g2t 2 2v0 gt sin ˇ
OOO
The acceleration vector expressed in the . {; | ; k/ and . u t ; un ; ub / component systems are O O O
v2 O
a E D vP uO t C uO n and a ED g k :
Equating the above expressions for the acceleration, we obtain an expression for the normal unit vector
unO D 2
v
vP uO C g kO :
t (4)
g 1
O D
un
v2 v
.g t v0 sin ˇ/ u t O C kO :
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
2 g2
1 2
1 D 1 C 2 .gt v0 sin ˇ/ 2 C .g t v0 sin ˇ/ kO uO t :
(5)
v4 v v
Observe that the last term on the right-hand side of Eq. (5) requires the computation of the product k u t . O O
v0 sin ˇ gt O O D
This computation can be done by using Eq. (2), which shows that k u t v . Consequently, Eq. (5)
becomes
2 2 2 2
D vg4 C v12 .gt 2
D vg6
1 1 v0 sin ˇ/2 .gt v0 sin ˇ/2 v 2 .gt v0 sin ˇ/2 : (6)
v2
Keeping in mind that the above expression is to be solved for , the term v 2 .gt v0 sin ˇ/2 can be
simplified using Eq. (1) and the trigonometric identity cos 2 1 sin2 as follows: D
v 2 .gt v0 sin ˇ/ 2 D v2 g2t 2 C 2gtv 0 sin ˇ v02 sin 2 ˇ D v02 v02 sin 2 ˇ
D v 02.1 sin2 ˇ/ D v02 cos2 ˇ: (7)
2 2
1 D vg6 v02 cos 2 ˇ: (8)
2 2 2 3=2
D .v0 C g tgv0 2v 0 gt sin ˇ/
cos ˇ
:
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.
Problem 2.308
A carnival ride called the octopus consists of eight arms that rotate about the ´ axis with a constant angular
velocity PD D
6 rpm. The arms have a length L 8 m and form an angle with the ´ axis. Assuming that
D C
varies with time as .t / 0 1 sin !t with 0 70:5ı , 1 25:5ı , and ! 1 rad=s, determine
D D D
the magnitude of the accelera tion of the outer end of an arm when achieves its minimum value.
Solution
Using a spherical coordinate system the components of acceleration of a point C at the end
of an arm with constant length L are
where we have used the data 0D 70:5ı and D 25:5ı. We observe that occurs when sin.!t/ D 1, min
i.e., when ˇ
!t D 270 ı D 32 rad: min
(5)
ar D 21 LP 2 ; a D L ! 2 1 21 P 2 ; and a D 0:
(6)
E
a min
D L 21 P 4 C ! 412 P
! 2 2 1 ) E
a min
D 2:534 m=s , 2
ˇˇ
where we have used the following numerical data: L
q ˇˇ
D 8 m, P D 6 rpm D 6 260 rad=s, ! D 1 rad=s, and
This solution s manual, in any print or electronic form, remain s the property of McGraw-Hill, Inc. It may be used and/or possessed only by permission June 25, 2012
of McGraw-Hill, and must be surrendered upon request of McGraw-Hill. Any duplicat ion or distribution, either in print or electronic form, without the
permission of McGraw-Hill, is prohibited.